WO2023127175A1 - 基板、液体収容容器、印刷システム、および、基板または液体収容容器の使用 - Google Patents
基板、液体収容容器、印刷システム、および、基板または液体収容容器の使用 Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2023127175A1 WO2023127175A1 PCT/JP2022/017777 JP2022017777W WO2023127175A1 WO 2023127175 A1 WO2023127175 A1 WO 2023127175A1 JP 2022017777 W JP2022017777 W JP 2022017777W WO 2023127175 A1 WO2023127175 A1 WO 2023127175A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- terminal
- contact portion
- contact
- projected
- liquid
- Prior art date
Links
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 452
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 title claims description 913
- 238000007639 printing Methods 0.000 title claims description 394
- 230000004308 accommodation Effects 0.000 title claims description 14
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 claims description 256
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 claims description 76
- 230000005484 gravity Effects 0.000 claims description 33
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 242
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 54
- 239000000976 ink Substances 0.000 description 53
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 description 49
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 45
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 35
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 19
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 15
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 10
- 208000034100 susceptibility to 1 basal cell carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 208000033079 susceptibility to 2 basal cell carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000002699 waste material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000007257 malfunction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001360 synchronised effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 101001096027 Homo sapiens Perilipin-5 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100037882 Perilipin-5 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 238000004140 cleaning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004020 conductor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 1
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000007689 inspection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009434 installation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 101150111792 sda1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000032258 transport Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001960 triggered effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002700 urine Anatomy 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B41—PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
- B41J—TYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
- B41J2/00—Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
- B41J2/005—Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
- B41J2/01—Ink jet
- B41J2/17—Ink jet characterised by ink handling
- B41J2/175—Ink supply systems ; Circuit parts therefor
- B41J2/17503—Ink cartridges
- B41J2/17526—Electrical contacts to the cartridge
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B41—PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
- B41J—TYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
- B41J2/00—Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
- B41J2/005—Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
- B41J2/01—Ink jet
- B41J2/17—Ink jet characterised by ink handling
- B41J2/175—Ink supply systems ; Circuit parts therefor
- B41J2/17503—Ink cartridges
- B41J2/17513—Inner structure
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B41—PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
- B41J—TYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
- B41J2/00—Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
- B41J2/005—Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
- B41J2/01—Ink jet
- B41J2/17—Ink jet characterised by ink handling
- B41J2/175—Ink supply systems ; Circuit parts therefor
- B41J2/17503—Ink cartridges
- B41J2/1752—Mounting within the printer
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B41—PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
- B41J—TYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
- B41J2/00—Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
- B41J2/005—Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
- B41J2/01—Ink jet
- B41J2/17—Ink jet characterised by ink handling
- B41J2/175—Ink supply systems ; Circuit parts therefor
- B41J2/17503—Ink cartridges
- B41J2/1752—Mounting within the printer
- B41J2/17523—Ink connection
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B41—PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
- B41J—TYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
- B41J2/00—Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
- B41J2/005—Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
- B41J2/01—Ink jet
- B41J2/17—Ink jet characterised by ink handling
- B41J2/175—Ink supply systems ; Circuit parts therefor
- B41J2/17503—Ink cartridges
- B41J2/17526—Electrical contacts to the cartridge
- B41J2/1753—Details of contacts on the cartridge, e.g. protection of contacts
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B41—PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
- B41J—TYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
- B41J2/00—Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
- B41J2/005—Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
- B41J2/01—Ink jet
- B41J2/17—Ink jet characterised by ink handling
- B41J2/175—Ink supply systems ; Circuit parts therefor
- B41J2/17503—Ink cartridges
- B41J2/17543—Cartridge presence detection or type identification
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B41—PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
- B41J—TYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
- B41J2/00—Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
- B41J2/005—Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
- B41J2/01—Ink jet
- B41J2/17—Ink jet characterised by ink handling
- B41J2/175—Ink supply systems ; Circuit parts therefor
- B41J2/17503—Ink cartridges
- B41J2/17543—Cartridge presence detection or type identification
- B41J2/17546—Cartridge presence detection or type identification electronically
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B41—PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
- B41J—TYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
- B41J2/00—Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
- B41J2/005—Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
- B41J2/01—Ink jet
- B41J2/17—Ink jet characterised by ink handling
- B41J2/175—Ink supply systems ; Circuit parts therefor
- B41J2/17503—Ink cartridges
- B41J2/17553—Outer structure
Definitions
- the present disclosure relates to substrates, liquid containers, printing systems, and techniques for using substrates or liquid containers.
- Patent Document 1 a technique of detecting attachment of ink cartridges using attachment detection terminals included in a terminal group.
- the terminal group consists of four attachment detection terminals including terminals to which a high voltage higher than the power supply voltage is applied, and five memory terminals.
- the attachment detection terminals are located at the four corners of the terminal group so as to surround the memory terminals. are placed.
- Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2002-100001 when it is detected that the attachment detection terminal is electrically connected to the device-side terminal, the printing device determines that the ink cartridge is attached to the printing device.
- Patent Document 2 a technique for detecting attachment of an ink cartridge that is detachably attached to a printing apparatus using a memory terminal.
- a storage device such as a memory provided in an ink cartridge sends a response signal to notify that it is connected to a host device such as a printer through any one of the reset terminal, clock terminal, and data terminal. output to the host terminal via Based on the response signal from the storage device, the host device determines whether or not the storage device is connected to the host device without using a terminal dedicated to connection detection.
- Patent Documents 1 and 2 do not mention the detection of short circuits between memory terminals.
- Patent Document 1 even if a short circuit between memory terminals occurs, even if it is determined that the ink cartridge is installed in the printing apparatus, the printing apparatus may not operate normally, and reading/writing from/to the memory of the ink cartridge may occur. may not work properly.
- Patent Document 2 if a short circuit between memory terminals occurs, the memory cannot output an original signal to the printing device, and the printing device detects that the memory is properly connected to the printing device. It may not be possible to judge
- the present disclosure has been made to solve the above problems, and one of the objects thereof is to provide a technology that can suppress the possibility of occurrence of a short circuit between terminals in a liquid container such as an ink cartridge. . Another object of the present invention is to provide a technique capable of detecting a short circuit if a short circuit occurs between at least some of the terminals. The present disclosure achieves at least one of the above objectives.
- a print head a liquid introduction section that introduces liquid into the print head, a storage section that is provided with the liquid introduction section and stores a liquid storage container, and and a plurality of device-side terminals, and is configured to be attached to a printing device and configured to make contact with the plurality of device-side terminals.
- the substrate includes a base material, a device provided on the base material, and a plurality of terminals provided on the base material, the plurality of terminals comprising at least a first terminal and a second terminal. , a third terminal, a fourth terminal, and a fifth terminal, wherein the first terminal is connected to the device and contacts a corresponding first device-side terminal of the plurality of device-side terminals.
- the second terminal includes a second contact portion to be connected to the device and to contact a corresponding second device-side terminal of the plurality of device-side terminals;
- the terminal is connected to the device and includes a third contact portion to be in contact with a corresponding third device-side terminal of the plurality of device-side terminals, the fourth terminal is connected to the device and the plurality of a fourth contact portion to be in contact with a corresponding fourth device-side terminal of the plurality of device-side terminals, the fifth terminal being connected to the device, and corresponding fifth device-side terminals of the plurality of device-side terminals;
- a fifth contact portion to be in contact with a device-side terminal is included, and the first terminal is short-circuited with at least one of the second terminal, the third terminal, and the fourth terminal.
- first virtual line and second virtual line two straight lines perpendicular to each other are defined as a first virtual line and a second virtual line
- all contact portions of all terminals provided on the base material are defined as the second virtual line.
- the first virtual line passes through the middle of the two furthest projection positions among the projection positions of all of the contact portions.
- the imaginary line when one region is the first region and the other region is the second region, some of the contact portions are arranged in the first region, and the remaining contact portions are arranged in the first region.
- the partial contact portions include the first contact portion, the second contact portion, the third contact portion, and the fourth contact portion, and the remaining contact portion includes the fifth contact portion, and the partial contact portion and the remaining contact portion are arranged asymmetrically about the first imaginary line.
- a print head a liquid introduction section that introduces liquid into the print head, a storage section that is provided with the liquid introduction section and stores a liquid storage container, and and a plurality of device-side terminals, and is configured to be attached to a printing device and configured to make contact with the plurality of device-side terminals.
- the substrate includes a base material, a device provided on the base material, and a plurality of terminals provided on the base material.
- a first terminal including a first contact portion to be in contact with a corresponding first device-side terminal of the terminals; and a group of other terminals, the group of other terminals being connected to the device, the plurality of a second terminal including a second contact portion to be in contact with the corresponding second device-side terminal of the device-side terminals of the device-side terminal, and a third device-side terminal connected to the device and corresponding to the plurality of device-side terminals of the a third terminal including a third contact portion to be in contact with the terminal; are used to detect whether or not there is a short-circuit with at least one of the terminals of all the terminals provided on the base material.
- the contact portions When all the contact portions are projected onto the second virtual line, all the contact portions are projected to different positions, and the middle of the two most distant projected positions among the projected positions of all the contact portions is the first line.
- a virtual line passes through and one region is defined as the first region and the other region is defined as the second region with respect to the first virtual line, some of the contact portions are the first region. and a remaining contact portion is arranged in the second region, the partial contact portion includes the second contact portion and the third contact portion, and the remaining contact portion includes the third contact portion.
- One contact portion is included, and the partial contact portion and the remaining contact portion are arranged asymmetrically about the first imaginary line.
- a print head a liquid introduction section that introduces liquid into the print head, an accommodation section that is provided with the liquid introduction section and accommodates a liquid container, and and a plurality of device-side terminals, and is configured to be attached to a printing device and configured to make contact with the plurality of device-side terminals.
- the plurality of device-side terminals includes a first device-side terminal, a second device-side terminal, a third device-side terminal, a fourth device-side terminal, and a fifth device-side terminal, and in a plan view, Two straight lines perpendicular to each other are defined as a first virtual line and a second virtual line, and the contact portion of the first device-side terminal, the contact portion of the second device-side terminal, the contact portion of the third device-side terminal, the fourth The projection positions when the contact portion of the device-side terminal and the contact portion of the fifth device-side terminal are projected onto the second virtual line are represented by a first projection position, a second projection position, a third projection position, and a third projection position, respectively.
- the contact portions of all the device-side terminals are projected onto the second virtual line at the fourth projection position and the fifth projection position, the contact portions of all the device-side terminals are projected at different positions, and all of the above-mentioned of the projected positions of the contact portion of the device-side terminal, the first virtual line passes through the middle of the two farthest projected positions, and one region is the first region and the other region with respect to the first virtual line is the second region, the contact portions of some of the contact portions of the device-side terminals are arranged in the first region, and the contact portions of the remaining device-side terminals are arranged in the second region.
- the substrate includes a base material, a device provided on the base material, and a plurality of terminals provided on the base material, the plurality of terminals comprising at least a first terminal and a second terminal.
- the first terminal is connected to the device and is one of the plurality of device-side terminals of the printing device when the device is mounted on the printing device.
- the second terminal is connected to the device and corresponds to one of the plurality of device-side terminals when mounted on the printing apparatus.
- the third terminal is connected to the device and corresponds to one of the plurality of device-side terminals when mounted on the printing apparatus.
- a third contact portion to be in contact with a third device-side terminal; the fourth terminal is connected to the device; a fourth contact portion to be in contact with a device-side terminal, the fifth terminal being connected to the device and corresponding to the fifth device-side terminal among the plurality of device-side terminals when mounted on the printing device; a fifth contact portion to be in contact with a terminal, wherein the first terminal determines whether the first terminal is short-circuited with at least one of the second terminal, the third terminal, and the fourth terminal; used to detect
- a print head a liquid introduction section that introduces liquid to the print head, a storage section provided with the liquid introduction section, and a plurality of device side devices provided in the storage section and a terminal to be attached to the container of the printing apparatus.
- the liquid container includes a liquid container capable of containing a liquid, and a liquid supply unit that is attached to the liquid introduction unit of the printing apparatus and has a liquid supply port that supplies liquid from the liquid container to the liquid introduction unit.
- the plurality of terminals includes at least a first terminal, a second terminal, a third terminal, a fourth terminal, and a fifth terminal;
- the first terminal is connected to the device and includes a first contact portion to be in contact with a corresponding first device-side terminal of the plurality of device-side terminals;
- the second terminal is connected to the device;
- a second contact portion to be in contact with a corresponding second device-side terminal of the plurality of device-side terminals, the third terminal being connected to the device and corresponding to the plurality of device-side terminals;
- a third contact portion to be in contact with a third device-side terminal, wherein the fourth terminal is connected to the device and is to be in contact with a corresponding fourth device-side terminal among the plurality of device-side terminals;
- a contact portion wherein the fifth terminal is connected to the device and includes a fifth contact portion to be in contact with a corresponding fifth device-side terminal of the plurality of device-side terminals;
- the first virtual line passes through the middle of the two most distant projected positions among the projected positions of all the contact parts, and with respect to the first virtual line, one area is the first area and the other area is the second area.
- some of the contact portions are arranged in the first region, the remaining contact portions are arranged in the second region, and some of the contact portions are arranged in the second region.
- one contact portion, the second contact portion, the third contact portion, and the fourth contact portion; the remaining contact portion includes the fifth contact portion;
- the remaining contact portions are arranged asymmetrically about the first imaginary line.
- a print head a liquid introduction section that introduces liquid into the print head, a storage section provided with the liquid introduction section, and a plurality of device side devices provided in the storage section and a terminal to be attached to the container of the printing apparatus.
- the liquid container includes a liquid container capable of containing a liquid, and a liquid supply unit that is attached to the liquid introduction unit of the printing apparatus and has a liquid supply port that supplies liquid from the liquid container to the liquid introduction unit.
- a device, and a plurality of terminals wherein the plurality of terminals are connected to the device and are to be in contact with corresponding first device-side terminals of the plurality of device-side terminals of the printing apparatus.
- two straight lines perpendicular to each other in a plan view are defined as a first virtual line and a second virtual line, and when all the contact portions of all the terminals provided in the liquid container are projected onto the second virtual line, the All the contact portions are projected to different positions, the first virtual line passes through the middle of the two most distant projection positions among the projection positions of all the contact portions, and the first virtual line
- the region is the first region and the other region is the second region
- some of the contact portions are arranged in the first region, and the remaining contact portions are arranged in the second region.
- the partial contact portion includes the second contact portion and the third contact portion
- the remaining contact portion includes the first contact portion
- the partial contact portion and the remaining contact portion are arranged asymmetrically with respect to the first imaginary line.
- a print head a liquid introduction section that introduces liquid to the print head, a storage section provided with the liquid introduction section, and a plurality of device side devices provided in the storage section and a terminal to be attached to the container of the printing apparatus.
- the plurality of device-side terminals includes a first device-side terminal, a second device-side terminal, a third device-side terminal, a fourth device-side terminal, and a fifth device-side terminal, and in a plan view, Two straight lines perpendicular to each other are defined as a first virtual line and a second virtual line, and the contact portion of the first device-side terminal, the contact portion of the second device-side terminal, the contact portion of the third device-side terminal, the fourth The projection positions when the contact portion of the device-side terminal and the contact portion of the fifth device-side terminal are projected onto the second virtual line are represented by a first projection position, a second projection position, a third projection position, and a third projection position, respectively.
- the contact portions of all the device-side terminals are projected onto the second virtual line at the fourth projection position and the fifth projection position, the contact portions of all the device-side terminals are projected at different positions, and all of the above-mentioned of the projected positions of the contact portion of the device-side terminal, the first virtual line passes through the middle of the two farthest projected positions, and one region is the first region and the other region with respect to the first virtual line is the second region, the contact portions of some of the contact portions of the device-side terminals are arranged in the first region, and the contact portions of the remaining device-side terminals are arranged in the second region.
- the liquid container includes a liquid container capable of containing a liquid, and a liquid supply unit that is attached to the liquid introduction unit of the printing apparatus and has a liquid supply port that supplies liquid from the liquid container to the liquid introduction unit.
- the plurality of terminals includes at least a first terminal, a second terminal, a third terminal, a fourth terminal, and a fifth terminal;
- the first terminal includes a first contact portion that is connected to the device and that is to come into contact with the corresponding first device-side terminal of the plurality of device-side terminals of the printing device when mounted on the printing device;
- the second terminal includes a second contact portion that is connected to the device and that is to come into contact with the corresponding second device-side terminal of the plurality of device-side terminals when mounted on the printing apparatus;
- the 3-terminal includes a third contact portion that is connected to the device and is to be in contact with the corresponding third device-side terminal of the plurality of device-side terminals when mounted on the printing apparatus, and the fourth terminal.
- a fourth contact portion to be connected to the device and to be in contact with the corresponding fourth device-side terminal out of the plurality of device-side terminals when mounted on the printing apparatus; a fifth contact portion that is connected to the device and that is to come into contact with the corresponding fifth device-side terminal of the plurality of device-side terminals when mounted on the printing apparatus; It is used to detect whether one terminal is short-circuited with at least one of the second terminal, the third terminal and the fourth terminal.
- a printing system is provided according to a seventh aspect of the present disclosure.
- This printing system includes a printing apparatus, a liquid container capable of containing liquid, a liquid supply section having a liquid supply port, a device, a plurality of terminals, and a substrate provided with the device and the plurality of terminals.
- the printing device includes a print head, a liquid introduction section for introducing liquid to the print head, and a plurality of device-side terminals, wherein the liquid supply port extends from the liquid container to the printing device.
- the substrate is mounted on the printing device and configured to contact the plurality of device-side terminals, and the plurality of terminals are at least first terminals and , a second terminal, a third terminal, a fourth terminal, and a fifth terminal, wherein the first terminal is connected to the device and a corresponding first device among the plurality of device-side terminals. and the second terminal is connected to the device and includes a second contact portion to be in contact with a corresponding second device-side terminal of the plurality of device-side terminals. wherein the third terminal includes a third contact portion to be connected to the device and to be in contact with a corresponding third device-side terminal of the plurality of device-side terminals; and the fourth terminal is connected to the device.
- a fourth contact portion to be connected and to contact a corresponding fourth device-side terminal of the plurality of device-side terminals, wherein the fifth terminal is connected to the device and is one of the plurality of device-side terminals; wherein the first terminal is at least one of the second terminal, the third terminal and the fourth terminal.
- two straight lines perpendicular to each other are defined as a first virtual line and a second virtual line, and all contact portions of all terminals provided on the substrate. is projected onto the second virtual line, all the contact portions are projected to different positions, and the first virtual line passes through the middle of the two most distant projected positions among the projected positions of all the contact portions.
- the contact portions when one region is defined as a first region and the other region is defined as a second region with respect to the first imaginary line, some of the contact portions are arranged in the first region; a remaining contact portion is disposed in the second region, the partial contact portion includes the first contact portion, the second contact portion, the third contact portion, and the fourth contact portion; The remaining contact portions include the fifth contact portion, and the some contact portions and the remaining contact portions are arranged asymmetrically about the first imaginary line.
- a printing system includes a printing device and a liquid storage container attached to the printing device, and the printing device includes a print head, a liquid introduction section that introduces liquid to the print head, and a plurality of device side a terminal, wherein the liquid container includes a liquid container capable of containing liquid; a liquid supply unit having a liquid supply port for supplying liquid from the liquid container to the liquid introduction unit of the printing apparatus; a device; and a plurality of terminals, the plurality of terminals including at least a first terminal, a second terminal, a third terminal, a fourth terminal, and a fifth terminal;
- the terminal is connected to the device and includes a first contact portion to be in contact with a corresponding first device-side terminal of the plurality of device-side terminals, the second terminal is connected to the device and the plurality of a second contact portion to be in contact with a corresponding second device-side terminal of the plurality of device-side terminals, the third terminal being connected to the
- the first virtual line passes through the middle of the two most distant projected positions of the projected positions of the contact portion, and with respect to the first virtual line, one area is the first area and the other area is the second area , some of the contact portions are arranged in the first region, the remaining contact portions are arranged in the second region, and some of the contact portions include the first contact the second contact portion, the third contact portion, and the fourth contact portion; the remaining contact portion includes the fifth contact portion;
- the contact portion is arranged asymmetrically with respect to the first imaginary line.
- a print head a liquid introduction section that introduces liquid to the print head, an accommodation section that is provided with the liquid introduction section and accommodates a liquid container, and and a plurality of device-side terminals mounted on a printing device and configured to make contact with the plurality of device-side terminals.
- This substrate use comprises a substrate, a device provided on the substrate, and a plurality of terminals provided on the substrate, the plurality of terminals comprising at least a first terminal and a second terminal.
- the first terminal is connected to the device and connected to a corresponding first device-side terminal of the plurality of device-side terminals; a first contact portion to be in contact, wherein the second terminal is connected to the device and includes a second contact portion to be in contact with a corresponding second device-side terminal among the plurality of device-side terminals; the third terminal is connected to the device and includes a third contact portion to be in contact with a corresponding third device-side terminal of the plurality of device-side terminals; the fourth terminal is connected to the device; a fourth contact portion to be in contact with a corresponding fourth device-side terminal of the plurality of device-side terminals, the fifth terminal being connected to the device and corresponding to the plurality of device-side terminals; a fifth contact portion to be in contact with a fifth device-side terminal, wherein the first terminal short-circuits the first terminal with at least one of the second terminal, the third terminal, and the fourth terminal;
- a contact portion is disposed in the second region, the partial contact portion includes the first contact portion, the second contact portion, the third contact portion, and the fourth contact portion;
- the contact portion includes the fifth contact portion, and the partial contact portion and the remaining contact portion are arranged asymmetrically with respect to the first imaginary line.
- a print head a liquid introduction section that introduces liquid to the print head, a storage section provided with the liquid introduction section, and a plurality of device side devices provided in the storage section
- a liquid container mounted in said container of a printing device comprising a terminal.
- the use of this liquid storage container includes a liquid storage body capable of storing liquid, and a liquid supply port attached to the liquid introduction section of the printing apparatus for supplying liquid from the liquid storage body to the liquid introduction section.
- the first terminal is connected to the device and includes a first contact portion to be in contact with a corresponding first device-side terminal of the plurality of device-side terminals; and the second terminal is connected to the device.
- a second contact portion to be in contact with a corresponding second device-side terminal of the plurality of device-side terminals, the third terminal being connected to the device and one of the plurality of device-side terminals;
- a third contact portion to be in contact with a corresponding third device-side terminal, wherein the fourth terminal is connected to the device and is to be in contact with a corresponding fourth device-side terminal among the plurality of device-side terminals;
- a fourth contact portion wherein the fifth terminal is connected to the device and includes a fifth contact portion to be in contact with a corresponding fifth device-side terminal among the plurality of device-side terminals; is used to detect whether or not the first terminal is short-circuited with at least one of the second terminal, the third terminal and the fourth terminal.
- a straight line is defined as a first virtual line and a second virtual line
- all contact portions of all terminals provided in the liquid container are projected onto the second virtual line
- all the contact portions are projected to different positions.
- the first virtual line passes through the middle of the two farthest projected positions among the projected positions of all the contact parts, and one area is the first area and the other area is the first area with respect to the first virtual line is the second region, some of the contact portions are arranged in the first region, the remaining contact portions are arranged in the second region, and The first contact portion, the second contact portion, the third contact portion, and the fourth contact portion are included, the remaining contact portion includes the fifth contact portion, and the partial contact portion and the remaining contact portion are arranged asymmetrically about the first imaginary line.
- FIG. 2 is a perspective view showing the hardware configuration of the printing system;
- FIG. 1 is an explanatory diagram showing a schematic configuration of a printing system;
- FIG. 2 is a first perspective view showing the configuration of the liquid storage container;
- the 2nd perspective view which shows the structure of a liquid storage container.
- FIG. 1 is a first diagram showing the configuration of a substrate;
- FIG. 2 is a second diagram showing the configuration of a substrate;
- FIG. 4 is a view showing how the liquid container is attached to the carriage;
- FIG. 2 is a diagram schematically showing the electrical configuration of a printing system;
- FIG. 1 is an explanatory diagram showing a schematic configuration of a printing system;
- FIG. 2 is a first perspective view showing the configuration of the liquid storage container;
- the 2nd perspective view which shows the structure of a liquid storage container.
- FIG. 1 is a first diagram showing the configuration of a substrate;
- FIG. 2 is a diagram showing the functional configuration of a printing apparatus together with one liquid container; 6 is a flowchart of processing executed by the printing apparatus in connection state determination processing. 6 is a flowchart of processing executed by the device in the connection state determination processing; 4 is a timing chart when the printer outputs a request signal; A timing chart when the device outputs the first response signal and the second response signal. The figure which shows the detail of a 1st response signal. The figure which shows the detail of a 2nd response signal. The figure which shows the outline
- FIG. 11 is a first timing chart of connection state determination processing; FIG. A second timing chart of connection state determination processing. A third timing chart of the connection state determination process.
- FIG. 11 is a diagram for explaining another specific example of connection state determination processing;
- FIG. 10 is a diagram showing two patterns of substrates as another embodiment 2;
- FIG. 11 is a diagram showing two patterns of substrates as another embodiment 3;
- FIG. 12 is a diagram showing two patterns of substrates as another embodiment 4;
- FIG. 12 is a diagram showing two patterns of substrates as another embodiment 4;
- FIG. 11 is a diagram for explaining a substrate as another embodiment 5;
- FIG. 12 is a diagram showing two patterns of substrates as another embodiment 6;
- FIG. 11 is a diagram showing a substrate as another embodiment 7;
- 4 is a perspective view showing a liquid storage container as another embodiment 1.
- FIG. FIG. 8 is a perspective view showing a liquid storage container as another embodiment 2;
- FIG. 4 is an enlarged view of the periphery of the substrate of the liquid container.
- FIG. 11 is a perspective view showing a liquid storage container as another embodiment 3;
- FIG. 11 is a perspective view showing a liquid storage container as another embodiment 4;
- FIG. 12 is a perspective view showing a liquid storage container as another embodiment 5;
- FIG. 12 is a perspective view showing a liquid storage container as another embodiment 6;
- FIG. 11 is a diagram showing a liquid storage container as another embodiment 8;
- FIG. 21 is a perspective view showing a liquid storage container as another embodiment 9; Enlarged view around the substrate.
- FIG. 1 is a first view for explaining the process of mounting the liquid storage container in the storage section of the printing apparatus;
- FIG. 12 is a perspective view showing a liquid storage container as another embodiment 5;
- FIG. 12 is a perspective view showing a liquid storage container as another embodiment 6;
- FIG. 11 is a diagram showing a liquid storage container as another embodiment 8;
- FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a printing system as another embodiment 1;
- FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a printing system as another embodiment 2;
- FIG. 11 is a diagram showing a printing system as another embodiment 3;
- FIG. 11 is a diagram showing a printing system as another embodiment 4;
- FIG. 4 is a diagram schematically showing the electrical configuration of a printing system that includes six liquid containers;
- FIG. 3 shows a device as another embodiment 1;
- FIG. 1 is a perspective view showing the hardware configuration of a printing system 1000.
- FIG. 2 is an explanatory diagram showing a schematic configuration of the printing system 1000.
- X-axis, Y-axis, and Z-axis which are orthogonal to each other are attached.
- the directions in which the arrows of the X-, Y-, and Z-axes point are positive directions along the X-, Y-, and Z-axes, respectively.
- the positive directions along the X-axis, Y-axis, and Z-axis are defined as +X direction, +Y direction, and +Z direction, respectively.
- the directions opposite to the directions in which the arrows of the X-, Y-, and Z-axes are directed are the negative directions along the X-, Y-, and Z-axes, respectively.
- Negative directions along the X-axis, Y-axis, and Z-axis are defined as -X direction, -Y direction, and -Z direction, respectively.
- Directions along the X-, Y-, and Z-axes, whether positive or negative, are referred to as the X-, Y-, and Z-directions, respectively. The same applies to the drawings and explanations that follow.
- the front direction of the printing system 1000 is the +Y direction when the printing system 1000 is in a normal usage posture.
- the +Z direction is the direction of gravity, and the -Z direction is the anti-gravity direction.
- a printing system 1000 includes a printing device 20 and a plurality of liquid containers 100 .
- the printing device 20 is specifically an inkjet printer.
- the liquid container 100 is specifically an ink cartridge.
- the printing device 20 includes a head drive mechanism, a main scanning feed mechanism, and a sub-scan feed mechanism.
- the head drive mechanism has a carriage 30 .
- the carriage 30 includes an accommodation section 4 and a print head 5 .
- the storage section 4 is configured to detachably mount four liquid storage containers 100 .
- “the liquid container 100 is attached to the printing apparatus 20” means that the liquid container 100 is physically attached to the printing apparatus 20, and the contact portions cp of the terminals 290, which will be described later, are attached to the apparatus side, which will be described later. It means to be electrically connected to the terminal 490 .
- Each of the four liquid storage containers 100 is housed in a predetermined position of the housing section 4 .
- each of the four liquid containers 100 contains liquids of different colors.
- the liquid is specifically ink, and is hereinafter referred to as ink.
- liquid storage containers 100A to 100D When the four liquid storage containers 100 are shown separately, they are denoted as liquid storage containers 100A to 100D.
- the carriage 30 is configured to be movable between a replacement position where the liquid container 100 can be replaced and a standby position where the liquid container 100 cannot be replaced.
- the print head 5 is provided on the surface of the carriage 30 in the +Z direction.
- a plurality of nozzles for ejecting ink droplets are provided on the surface of the print head 5 facing the +Z direction.
- Each nozzle is connected to one of the liquid storage containers 100A to 100D attached to the storage section 4 via a channel in the carriage 30.
- the storage portion 4 is provided with a liquid introduction portion 6 described later and a connection mechanism 400 described later.
- the liquid introduction part 6 is configured to be detachable from a liquid supply port 104op of the liquid storage container 100, which will be described later.
- the liquid introduction section 6 is supplied with ink from the liquid storage container 100 and introduces the ink to the print head 5 through the flow path in the carriage 30 .
- the connection mechanism 400 has a plurality of device-side terminals 490, which will be described later.
- the main scanning feed mechanism includes a drive belt 36, a carriage motor 32, a sliding shaft 34, and a pulley 38.
- the drive belt 36 is an endless belt and stretched between the carriage motor 32 and the pulley 38 .
- the carriage 30 is fixed to the drive belt 36 .
- the sliding shaft 34 is provided in parallel with the shaft of the paper feed roller 26, which will be described later, and holds the carriage 30 in a slidable manner. Rotation of the carriage motor 32 causes the carriage 30 fixed to the drive belt 36 to move along the sliding shaft 34 in the +X direction and the -X direction.
- the sub-scan feed mechanism includes a paper feed motor 22 and a paper feed roller 26. As the paper feed motor 22 rotates, the paper feed roller 26 transports the print medium PA in the Y direction.
- the printing device 20 further includes a main control section 40 .
- the main controller 40 is connected to the carriage 30 via a cable 31 .
- a bus 46 is formed in the cable 31 , and the main control unit 40 is electrically connected to a sub-control board 500 (described later) of the carriage 30 via the bus 46 .
- the main control unit 40 implements print processing by controlling each mechanism described above. For example, the main control unit 40 receives a user's print job from the computer 90 via the connector 80, and executes printing based on the contents of the received print job.
- the print medium PA is conveyed in the +Y direction by the paper feed roller 26, and the print head 5 provided on the carriage 30 is moved in the +X direction and the -X direction by the drive belt 36, whereby the print head 5 is ejected in the +Z direction.
- the ink lands on the printing medium PA at an arbitrary location to form an image.
- "image" includes characters and symbols.
- the +X direction and the ⁇ X direction in which the carriage 30 moves are collectively referred to as the “main scanning direction”.
- the ⁇ Y direction and +Y direction in which the print medium PA is fed are collectively referred to as “sub-scanning directions”.
- the printing device 20 further includes an operation section 70 .
- the user uses the operation unit 70 to make various settings for the printing device 20 and to check the status of the printing device 20 .
- the printing apparatus 20 includes the print head 5, the liquid introduction section 6 that introduces the liquid to the print head 5, the storage section 4 that is provided with the liquid introduction section 6 and stores the liquid storage container 100, and a plurality of and a device-side terminal 490 .
- the print head 5 is provided in the printing device 20 .
- the print head 5 is not provided in the liquid container 100 .
- the form in which the print head 5 is provided in the liquid container 100 is different from the technical field of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 3 is a first perspective view showing the structure of the liquid container 100.
- FIG. FIG. 4 is a second perspective view showing the configuration of the liquid container 100.
- the printing device 20 is arranged on a horizontal plane parallel to the X direction and the Y direction, and the liquid container 100 is positioned on the printing device 20 as in FIG. 100 is attached as a reference.
- the external shape of the liquid storage container 100 is substantially rectangular parallelepiped.
- the liquid container 100 includes a liquid container 101 capable of containing ink as a liquid, a liquid supply section 104 having a liquid supply port 104op, and a substrate 120. As shown in FIG. 3, the liquid container 100 includes a liquid container 101 capable of containing ink as a liquid, a liquid supply section 104 having a liquid supply port 104op, and a substrate 120. As shown in FIG.
- the liquid container 101 forms the outer shell of the liquid container 100 .
- the liquid container 101 has a first wall 101wf, a second wall 101wr, a third wall 101wb, a fourth wall 101wu, a fifth wall 101wsa, and a sixth wall 101wsb. These six walls 101wf, 101wr, 101wb, 101wu, 101wsa, and 101wsb define an ink chamber 150 that stores ink inside the liquid container 101 .
- the first wall 101wf is a wall on the +Y direction side and constitutes a front wall.
- the front wall faces the front side of the printing system 1000 .
- the second wall 101wr faces the first wall 101wf.
- the second wall 101wr is a wall on the -Y direction side and constitutes a rear wall.
- the back wall faces the back side of the printing system 1000 .
- the third wall 101wb intersects the first wall 101wf and the second wall 101wr and is substantially orthogonal in this embodiment.
- the third wall 101wb is a wall on the +Z direction side and constitutes a bottom wall.
- the fourth wall 101wu intersects the first wall 101wf and the second wall 101wr and is substantially orthogonal in this embodiment.
- the fourth wall 101wu faces the third wall 101wb.
- the fourth wall 101wu is a wall on the -Z direction side and constitutes an upper wall.
- the fifth wall 101wsa intersects the first wall 101wf to the fourth wall 101wu, and is substantially perpendicular in this embodiment.
- the fifth wall 101wsa is a wall on the -X direction side and constitutes a right side wall.
- the sixth wall 101wsb intersects the first wall 101wf to the fourth wall 101wu, and is substantially perpendicular in this embodiment.
- the sixth wall 101wsb faces the fifth wall 101wsa.
- the sixth wall 101wsb is a wall on the +X direction side and constitutes a left side wall.
- the liquid supply part 104 is a tubular member protruding from the third wall 101wb.
- the liquid supply port 104op is located on the tip side of the liquid supply section 104 .
- the liquid supply port 104op communicates with the ink chamber 150 of the liquid container 101, and supplies ink to the later-described liquid introduction portion 6 of the carriage 30 when the liquid container 100 is attached to the carriage 30 of the printing apparatus 20.
- the liquid supply port 104op is sealed with a film 104f.
- the liquid supply port 104op is configured to be detachable from the liquid introduction section 6. As shown in FIG. When the liquid storage container 100 is attached to the carriage 30, the liquid introducing portion 6 tears the film 104f. Ink contained in the ink chamber 150 is supplied to the print head 5 of the printing device 20 via the liquid introduction section 6 . As the ink in the ink chamber 150 is consumed, air is introduced into the ink chamber 150 through an air release hole (not shown).
- the direction in which the liquid container 100 is mounted on the carriage 30 of the printing device 20 is defined as the mounting direction MD.
- the mounting direction MD is also the direction in which the board 120 is mounted on the carriage 30 of the printing device 20 .
- the mounting direction MD is the +Z direction.
- Two directions orthogonal to each other are defined as a first direction FD and a second direction SD.
- the first direction FD is a direction including a component of the mounting direction MD.
- the first direction FD is the Z direction and the second direction SD is the X direction.
- a first direction FD is a direction substantially along the front surface 120fa of the substrate 120 .
- the first direction FD is also defined as follows.
- the first direction FD is a direction perpendicular to a virtual plane including the liquid supply port 104op.
- the first direction FD is the direction in which the device-side terminals 490 of the printing device 20 described later pass over the terminals 290 described later when the liquid container 100 and the substrate 120 are mounted on the carriage 30 .
- the first direction FD is a direction orthogonal to the direction in which the plurality of device-side terminals 490 of the printing device 20 are arranged.
- the first direction FD is different from the mounting direction MD.
- the substrate 120 is used for the liquid container 100.
- the substrate 120 is provided on the second wall 101wr of the liquid container 101, as shown in FIG. Details of the substrate 120 will be described later.
- Two protrusions Pr1 and Pr2 are formed on the second wall 101wr. These protrusions Pr1 and Pr2 protrude in the -Y direction.
- a substrate 120 is formed with a hole 122 and a notch 121 for receiving these protrusions Pr1 and Pr2, respectively.
- the hole 122 is formed in the center of the end of the substrate 120 on the side of the liquid supply section 104
- the notch 121 is formed in the center of the end of the substrate 120 opposite to the liquid supply section 104 .
- the substrate 120 is inserted into the second wall 101wr, the tips of these protrusions Pr1 and Pr2 are crushed. Thereby, the substrate 120 is fixed to the second wall 101wr.
- the means for fixing the substrate 120 to the second wall 101wr is not limited to this.
- the substrate 120 when the liquid container 100 is viewed from a direction perpendicular to the second wall 101wr on which the substrate 120 is provided, the substrate 120 is arranged so that the central axis of the liquid supply port 104op and a first imaginary line C1, which will be described later, overlap. are placed in A contact portion cp, which will be described later, is not arranged on the central axis of the liquid supply port 104op.
- the liquid storage container 100 further includes a liquid detection member 110.
- the liquid detection member 110 is fixed inside the liquid container 101 .
- the liquid detection member 110 is a member used by the printer 20 to detect the amount of ink remaining in the liquid container 100 .
- the liquid detection member 110 may be, for example, a prism for optically detecting the remaining amount of ink, or may be a piezoelectric element in which a piezoelectric body is sandwiched between two opposing electrodes. It may be two electrodes that detect the remaining amount of ink according to the difference in resistance between the electrodes. Note that the liquid detection member 110 may not be provided.
- FIG. 5 is a first diagram showing the configuration of the substrate 120.
- FIG. 6 is a second diagram showing the configuration of the substrate 120.
- the substrate 120 includes a base material 120bd, multiple terminals 290, the device 130, and wiring (not shown).
- Substrate 120 may include other configurations.
- the base material 120bd has a front surface 120fa and a back surface 120fb. In this embodiment, the front surface 120fa and the rear surface 120fb are flat surfaces.
- the base material 120bd may be made of a material that constitutes a rigid board, a flexible board, or the like.
- the terminal 290 is made of a conductor such as gold foil.
- the "surface” in the present disclosure is defined, for example, as follows.
- the "surface” is the surface of the base material 120bd that faces the device-side terminals 490 described below when the liquid container 100 and the substrate 120 are attached to the printing device 20.
- FIG. the “surface” is the surface of the base material 120bd that faces the device-side terminals 490 described later when the liquid container 100 and the substrate 120 are attached to the printing device 20, and the surface on which the terminals 290 are formed. is.
- the “surface” is the surface of the base material 120bd that includes the contact portion cp, which will be described later.
- the "surface” is the front surface 120fa. In other embodiments, the "surface” is the front surface 120fa unless otherwise specified.
- the plurality of terminals 290 includes a data terminal 210, a clock terminal 220, a power terminal 230, a reset terminal 240, and a ground terminal 250.
- Each terminal 210 , 220 , 230 , 240 , 250 is connected to device 130 .
- the terminals 210 to 250 are electrically connected to the device 130 via wiring pattern layers provided on the front surface 120fa and the back surface 120fb of the base material 120bd and through holes provided inside the base material 120bd.
- Data terminal 210 is used to transmit and receive data signal SDA between device 130 and printing device 20 .
- signal refers to a change in voltage.
- Signals transmitted and received via the data terminal 210 include, for example, signals indicating various data stored in the storage unit 138 described later, signals controlled by the processing unit 136 described later and not stored in the storage unit 138, It includes signals that are controlled by the main control unit 40 and the sub control unit 50 of the printing apparatus 20 and that are not stored in the storage unit 138 .
- a clock terminal 220 is used to transmit a clock signal SCK from the printing device 20 to the device 130 .
- the power terminal 230 is used to supply the power supply voltage VDD from the printing apparatus 20 to the device 130 .
- a reset terminal 240 is used to transmit a reset signal RST from the printing apparatus 20 to the device 130 .
- the ground terminal 250 is grounded through a later-described device-side terminal 450 of the printing device 20 .
- the voltages supplied to data terminal 210 , clock terminal 220 , power terminal 230 , and reset terminal 240 are voltages acceptable to device 130 .
- the range of voltages supplied to each terminal 210-240 is equivalent, and in this embodiment is about 0V to about 3.3V.
- the voltage acceptable to the device 130 includes, for example, a voltage lower than the voltage used to drive the print head 5, a voltage about the same as the power supply voltage VDD, a voltage lower than the withstand voltage of the device 130, and a voltage lower than the withstand voltage of the device 130.
- check terminals used for shipping inspection are not included in the terminals 290 of the present disclosure.
- a check terminal is a terminal that does not come into contact with the device-side terminal 490 of the printing device 20 when the liquid container 100 is attached to the printing device 20 .
- the check terminal does not form a contact portion cp, which will be described later.
- the terminals 210, 220, 230, 240, and 250 are connected to the plurality of device-side terminals 490 of the connection mechanism 400 of the printing device 20 when the liquid container 100 is attached to the container 4.
- the contact portions cp to be brought into contact with the corresponding device-side terminals 410, 420, 430, 440, and 450 are included.
- the contact portion cp of the data terminal 210 is also called a data contact portion cpd.
- the contact portion cp of the clock terminal 220 is also called the clock contact portion cpc.
- the contact portion cp of the power terminal 230 is also called a power contact portion cpvd.
- the contact portion cp of the reset terminal 240 is also called a reset contact portion cpr.
- the contact portion cp of the ground terminal 250 is also called the ground contact portion cpvs.
- the contact portion cp is a portion on each of the terminals 210, 220, 230, 240, 250 that should come into contact with the device-side terminals 410, 420, 430, 440, 450 when the liquid container 100 is attached to the container 4. This is an area of 1, and it is an area that can be recognized even by the liquid storage container 100 alone.
- On substrate 120 are data contacts cpd, clock contacts cpc, power contacts cpvd, reset contacts cpr, and ground contacts cpvs.
- the connection between the terminal 290 and the device-side terminal 490 of the printing device 20 will be described later.
- the terminals 290 and corresponding contact portions cp may be provided in addition to the terminals 210-250 described above.
- the data terminal 210 is used to detect whether the data terminal 210 is short-circuited with at least one of the clock terminal 220, the power terminal 230, and the reset terminal 240. Specifically, the data terminal 210 is used to detect whether or not the data terminal 210 is short-circuited with at least one of the clock terminal 220, the power terminal 230, and the reset terminal 240, which will be described later.
- a data terminal 210 is used to detect whether or not the liquid container 100 is attached to the printing apparatus 20 . Specifically, the data terminal 210 is used to detect whether the liquid container 100 is in the mounting complete state described later or in the non-mounting complete state described later.
- the substrate 120 will be viewed in plan below.
- two orthogonal straight lines are defined as a first virtual line C1 and a second virtual line C2.
- the first virtual line C1 is a line extending in the first direction FD
- the second virtual line C2 is a line extending in the second direction SD.
- two orthogonal straight lines substantially along the surface 120fa of the base material 120bd are defined as a first virtual line C1 and a second virtual line C2.
- each projection position swd, swc, swvd, swr and swvs is an orthographic projection of each contact portion cpd, cpc, cpvd, cpr and cpvs perpendicularly to the second virtual line C2.
- all contact portions cp are projected to different positions.
- the data contact cpd, the clock contact cpc, the power contact cpvd, the reset contact cpr, and the ground contact cpvs are arranged such that their imaginary lines along the first imaginary line C1 passing through each contact cp overlap each other.
- the first imaginary line C1 passes through the midpoint MP between the two most distant projected positions among the projected positions of all the contact portions cp.
- a first imaginary line C1 passes through an intermediate point MP between the projected position of the contact portion placed at the position and the projected position swvs of the ground contact portion cpvs.
- the first imaginary line C1 passes through the middle between the projected position swc of the clock contact portion cpc and the projected position swvs of the ground contact portion cpvs.
- first region Rg1 one region of the base material 120bd of the substrate 120 is defined as a first region Rg1
- the other region of the base material 120bd of the substrate 120 is defined as a second region Rg2.
- first region Rg1 is a region on the -X direction side, which is the negative direction of the second direction SD, relative to the first virtual line C1
- second region Rg2 is a region in the second direction relative to the first virtual line C1. This is the area on the +X direction side, which is the positive direction of SD.
- the first region Rg1 is also one region of the substrate 120 sandwiching the first virtual line C1
- the second region Rg2 is also the other region of the substrate 120 sandwiching the first virtual line C1.
- Some contact portions cpa of all the contact portions cp are arranged in the first region Rg1, and the remaining contact portions cpb are arranged in the second region Rg2.
- Some of the contact portions cpa arranged in the first region Rg1 include a data contact portion cpd, a clock contact portion cpc, a power contact portion cpv, and a reset contact portion cpr.
- the remaining contact portions cpb arranged in the second region Rg2 include the ground contact portions cpvs.
- a clock contact cpc, a data contact cpd, a reset contact cpr, and a power contact cpvd are arranged on one side of the first virtual line C1, and a ground contact cpvs is arranged on the other side. are placed. Some of the contact portions cpa and the remaining contact portions cpb are arranged asymmetrically with respect to the first imaginary line C1. No contact portion cp is provided on the first virtual line C1.
- the ground contact portion cpvs is arranged at the extreme end in the +X direction, which is the positive direction of the second direction SD, among the plurality of contact portions cp. Any one contact portion cp among the clock contact portion cpc, the data contact portion cpd, the power contact portion cpvd, and the reset contact portion cpr is in the negative direction of the second direction SD among the plurality of contact portions cp. ⁇ It is arranged at the extreme end in the X direction. Any one of the contact portions cp is located on the most one side in the second direction SD among the plurality of contact portions cp. The ground contact portion cpvs is located on the othermost side in the second direction SD among the plurality of contact portions cp.
- the spacing in the direction along the second imaginary line C2 between the ground contact portions cpvs provided in the second region Rg2 is Wa.
- the distance in the direction along the second imaginary line C2 between the projected position swc of the clock contact portion cpc and the projected position swvs of the ground contact portion cpvs is Wa.
- the distance in the second direction SD between the clock contact cp and the ground contact cpvs is the distance Wa.
- the data contact cpd, the clock contact cpc, the power contact cpvd, and the reset contact cpr are preferably arranged away from the ground contact cpvs.
- the ground contact portion cpvs provided in the second region Rg2 in the direction along the second virtual line C2 is Wa/2 or more.
- the reset contact portion cpr located on the positive direction side in the second direction SD and the second region Rg2
- the spacing in the second direction SD between the ground contacts cpvs provided in is greater than or equal to Wa/2.
- the contact portion cp projected at the position closest to the projection position swvs of the ground contact portion cpvs when projected onto the second virtual line C2.
- the reset contact portion cpr provided at the extreme end of the first region Rg1 on the +X direction side, which is the positive direction of the second direction SD, and the ground contact portion cpvs provided in the second region Rg2.
- the other contacts cpd, cpc, cpvd, cpr and the ground contact cpvs arranged on the substrate 120 are not provided on the first virtual line C1.
- the substrate 120 has at least one contact portion among the clock contact portion cpc, the power contact portion cpvd, and the reset contact portion cpr. cp is projected.
- the substrate 120 has one of a clock contact cpc, a power contact cpvd, and a reset contact cpr between the projected position swd of the data contact cpd and the projected position swvs of the ground contact cpvs. Two or more contact portions cp are arranged to be projected.
- the substrate 120 is arranged such that the power contact cpvd and the reset contact cpr are projected between the projected position swd of the data contact cpd and the projected position swvs of the ground contact cpvs. ing.
- the data contact portion cpd is arranged on the substrate 120 so as to be projected between the projection positions of any two of the power contact portion cpvd, the reset contact portion cpr, and the clock contact portion cpc. .
- the data contact portion cpd does not become the contact portion projected at the end on the second virtual line C2.
- the data contact cpd is arranged to be projected between the projected positions of the clock contact cpc and the power contact cpvd.
- Either one or both of the data contact portion cpd and the reset contact portion cpr are projected on the substrate 120 between the projected position swvd of the power contact portion cpvd and the projected position swc of the clock contact portion cpc. ing. Further, the reset contact portion cpr is arranged so that its projected position swr is adjacent to the projected position swvd of the power contact portion cpvd. In this embodiment, the substrate 120 is arranged such that the data contact portion cpd is projected between the projected position swvd of the power contact portion cpvd and the projected position swc of the clock contact portion cpc. "Arranged next to each other" does not necessarily mean that one contact is closest to another contact. Other arrangements may be placed between one contact and another without departing from the scope of the present disclosure.
- the power contact portion cpvd is arranged on the substrate 120 so that its projected position swvd is adjacent to the projected position swd of the data contact portion cpd.
- the clock contact portion cpc is arranged on the substrate 120 so as to be projected at the farthest position from the projected position swvs of the ground contact portion cpvs.
- the data contact portion cpd, the power contact portion cpvd, and the reset contact portion cpr are projected in order from the projection position swc of the clock contact portion cpc on the second virtual line C2 toward the projection position swvs of the ground contact portion cpvs. are arranged as The clock contact portion cpc is located at the extreme end in the ⁇ X direction, which is the negative direction of the second direction SD.
- the contact portions cp other than the clock contact portion cpc are arranged in a data contact portion cpd, a power contact portion cpvd, and a reset contact portion cpr from the ⁇ X direction, which is the negative direction of the second direction SD, toward the +X direction, which is the positive direction SD. are arranged in order.
- the projection positions of the plurality of contact portions cp are arranged in the order of the clock contact portion cpc, the data contact portion cpd, the power contact portion cpvd, the reset contact portion cpr, and the ground contact portion cpvs from the -X direction to the +X direction. are arranged as
- the clock contacts cpc, data contacts cpd, power contacts cpvd, reset contacts cpr and ground contacts cpvs are arranged to form a plurality of columns.
- the multiple columns are parallel to the second phantom line C2 and perpendicular to the first phantom line C1.
- the plurality of contact portions cp are arranged to form two rows perpendicular to the first direction FD, and the directions of the two rows are parallel to the second direction SD.
- the direction in which the two columns are arranged is the direction along the first imaginary line C1, which is the direction along the first direction FD in the present embodiment.
- the two columns are called the first column R1 and the second column R2.
- a first row R1 is formed by a clock contact cpc, a power contact cpvd and a ground contact cpvs.
- a second row R2 is formed by a data contact cpd and a reset contact cpr.
- the data contact cpd and reset contact cpr forming the second row R2 and the clock contact cpc, power contact cpvd and ground contact cpvs forming the first row R1 are connected to each other by the first virtual contact cp. They are arranged alternately so as not to line up in the direction of the line C1, forming a so-called staggered arrangement.
- Two contact portions cp on the substrate 120bd that are projected next to each other when projected onto the second virtual line C2 form different rows.
- the data contacts cpd and the ground contacts cpvs are arranged in different columns. Between the projection position swd of the data contact portion cpd and the projection position swvs of the ground contact portion cpvs, any one of the clock contact portion cpc, the power contact portion cpvd, and the reset contact portion cpr is projected. are placed in In this embodiment, the reset contact portion cpr and the power contact portion cpvd are projected between the projected position swd of the data contact portion cpd and the projected position swvs of the ground contact portion cpvs.
- the contact portions cp of the terminals 210 to 250 are arranged to form the first row R1 and the second row R2, but the arrangement is not limited to this.
- the contact portions cp of each terminal 210-250 may be arranged to form three or four rows.
- a column can also be formed by one contact cp.
- the distance between the ground contact portion cpvs and the reset contact portion cpr be the distance Dan.
- Dbn be the distance between the data contact portion cpd and the clock contact portion cpc.
- Dcn be the distance between the data contact cpd and the ground contact cpvs.
- distance Ddn be the distance between the data contact portion cpd and the reset contact portion cpr.
- Den be the distance between the data contact cpd and the power contact cpvd. In this case, the distance Dcn is longer than the distance Dbn.
- Distance Dcn is longer than distance Den.
- Distance Dcn is longer than distance Ddn. In this embodiment, the distance Dbn and the distance Den are the same.
- the distances between the data contact portion cpd and the contact portion cp that is farthest from the data contact portion cpd among the plurality of contact portions cp excluding the ground contact portion cpvs are the distance Dbn and the distance Den.
- the distance Dan is longer than the distance Dbn and the distance Den.
- a clock contact cpc, a reset contact cpr, and a power contact cpvd are adjacent to the data contact cpd to surround the data contact cpd between the data contact cpd and the ground contact cpvs. are placed.
- the data contact portion cpd By arranging the data contact portion cpd inside a virtual circle Vcr passing through the clock contact portion cpc, the reset contact portion cpr, and the power contact portion cpvd, the clock contact portion cpc, the reset contact portion cpr, and the power supply
- a contact cpvd surrounds the data contact cpd.
- a virtual line segment connecting the clock contact portion cpc and the data contact portion cpd is defined as a first line segment FL
- a virtual line segment connecting the reset contact portion cpr and the data contact portion cpd is defined as a second line segment SL
- a power contact portion cpvd. and the data contact portion cpd is assumed to be a third line segment TL.
- Contact portions cp of other terminals 290 different from the clock contact portion cpc and the data contact portion cpd are not present on the first line segment FL.
- On the third line segment TL there is no contact cp of the terminal 290 different from the power contact cpvd and the data contact cpd.
- the five terminals 210 to 250 also have the same positional relationship as the contact portions cpd, cpc, cpvd, cpr, and cpvs described above. That is, the data terminal 210, the clock terminal 220, the reset terminal 240, and the power terminal 230 are arranged in the first region Rg1. A ground terminal 250 is arranged in the second region Rg2. Other terminals 290 different from the clock terminal 220 and the data terminal 210 are not arranged on the first line segment FL. A terminal 290 other than the reset terminal 240 and the data terminal 210 is not arranged on the second line segment SL. A terminal 290 different from the power terminal 230 and the data terminal 210 is not arranged on the third line segment TL.
- the data terminal 210 determines whether there is a short circuit between the data terminal 210, the clock terminal 220, the reset terminal 240, and the power terminal 250, and whether the liquid container 100 is attached to the printer 20. or not, and at least part of the arrangement of the contact portions cp in the present disclosure is designed to enable such detection.
- the device 130 is configured to be provided on a substrate 120bd.
- Device 130 includes processing unit 136 .
- device 130 includes processing unit 136 and storage unit 138 .
- the device 130 is molded (encapsulated) with a resin 139 . It should be noted that the device 130 may be mounted to the substrate 120bd in another manner.
- the processing unit 136 is configured by, for example, a circuit.
- the processing unit 136 is connected to the terminals 210-250 and controls signals and voltages input/output to/from the terminals 210-250.
- the processing unit 136 may be a circuit having advanced arithmetic processing functions such as a CPU. Details of the processing unit 136 will be described later.
- the storage unit 138 is composed of non-volatile memory such as flash memory, for example.
- the storage unit 138 stores information regarding the liquid container 100 .
- the information about the liquid container 100 includes, for example, the amount of ink consumed, the color of the ink, the manufacturing date of the liquid container 100, and the identification information of the liquid container 100 .
- "1" to "4" are assigned as identification information to the liquid containers 100A to 100D, respectively.
- FIGS. 7A to 7C The configuration of the carriage 30 and how the liquid container 100 is attached to the carriage 30 will be described with reference to FIGS. 7A to 7C.
- 7A is a diagram showing how the liquid container 100 is attached to the carriage 30.
- FIG. 7B is a first view of the connection mechanism 400.
- FIG. 7C is a second view of the connection mechanism 400.
- FIG. 7A is a diagram showing how the liquid container 100 is attached to the carriage 30.
- FIG. 7B is a first view of the connection mechanism 400.
- FIG. 7C is a second view of the connection mechanism 400.
- the carriage 30 includes a housing portion 4 and a print head 5.
- the storage section 4 is arranged above the print head 5 and is configured to allow attachment and detachment of a plurality of liquid storage containers 100 .
- a mounting chamber 65 in which the liquid containing container 100 is mounted is formed inside the containing portion 4 .
- four mounting chambers 65 are provided corresponding to the number of liquid containers 100A to 100D.
- the print head 5 includes a plurality of nozzles and a plurality of piezoelectric elements, and ejects ink droplets from each nozzle according to the voltage applied to each piezoelectric element to form dots on the print medium PA.
- the storage section 4 is provided with a liquid introduction section 6 , a sub-control board 500 , and a connection mechanism 400 .
- the liquid introduction section 6 is arranged above the print head 5 in the normal usage posture of the printing system 1000 and introduces ink to the print head 5 from the liquid supply port 104op of the liquid container 100 .
- four liquid introducing portions 6 are provided corresponding to the number of liquid containers 100A to 100D.
- a plurality of sub-control board terminals 510 , 520 , 530 , 540 , 550 and the sub-control section 50 are mounted on the sub-control board 500 .
- reference numeral 590 is used.
- a plurality of sub control board terminals 590 are provided for each mounting chamber 65 .
- a plurality of sub-control board terminals 590 are electrically connected to the sub-control section 50 via wiring of the sub-control board 500 .
- the sub-controller 50 is configured as, for example, a carriage circuit, and performs control related to the liquid container 100 in cooperation with the main controller 40 shown in FIG.
- the liquid storage container 100 is attached to the storage section 4 of the printing apparatus 20 by being inserted in the attachment direction MD.
- the liquid storage container 100 is removed from the storage section 4 by being pulled out in the direction opposite to the mounting direction MD. In this manner, the liquid container 100 is detachably attached to the printing apparatus 20 .
- the device 130 is electrically connected to the main control section 40 via the terminal 290, the connection mechanism 400, the sub-control board 500, and the bus 46 shown in FIG. Connected.
- the connection mechanism 400 includes a terminal holding portion 405 and a plurality of contact portion forming members 403 held by the terminal holding portion 405.
- the connection mechanism 400 is provided for each of the liquid containers 100A to 100D, that is, for each mounting chamber 65.
- terminal holding portion 405 has a plurality of slits 301 .
- the contact portion forming member 403 has conductivity and elasticity.
- the contact portion forming member 403 is fitted into the slit 301 .
- five contact portion forming members 403 are provided for each connection mechanism 400 , which is the same as the number of terminals 290 . As shown in FIG.
- connection mechanism 400 when five contact portion forming members 403 are used separately, reference numerals "403A”, “403B”, “403C”, “404D” and “404E” are used.
- the nine slits 301 of the connection mechanism 400 are provided and arranged at regular intervals.
- the contact portion forming member 403 is a member that electrically connects the terminal 290 and the sub-control board terminal 590 of the sub-control board 500 .
- a portion of the contact portion forming member 403 facing the mounting chamber 65 side forms a device-side terminal 490 .
- the device-side terminal 490 includes a contact portion dcp of the device-side terminal 490 to contact the terminal 290 .
- the device-side terminal 490 of the contact portion forming member 403 is in contact with the terminal 290 at the portion that faces the mounting chamber 65 side, that is, the portion that protrudes most toward the mounting chamber 65 side. 490 contact portions dcp are formed.
- the contact portion dcp of the device-side terminal 490 is not limited to this embodiment.
- the terminal 290 may contact a portion of the device-side terminal 490 other than the portion that protrudes most toward the mounting chamber 65 .
- a portion of the contact portion forming member 403 protruding toward the sub-control board 500 forms a relay terminal 439 that contacts the sub-control board terminal 590 .
- the symbols “410”, “420”, “430”, “440”, and “450” are used.
- the relay terminals 439 are used separately, the symbols “431”, “432”, “433”, “434" and “435" are used.
- the device-side terminal 410 and the relay terminal 431 are formed on the contact portion forming member 403A.
- the device-side terminal 420 and the relay terminal 432 are formed on the contact portion forming member 403B.
- the device-side terminal 430 and the relay terminal 433 are formed on the contact portion forming member 403C.
- the device-side terminal 440 and the relay terminal 434 are formed on the contact portion forming member 403D.
- the device-side terminal 450 and the relay terminal 435 are formed on the contact portion forming member 403E.
- the device-side terminal 410 is also called a device-side data terminal
- the device-side terminal 420 is also called a device-side clock terminal
- the device-side terminal 430 is also called a device-side power terminal
- the device-side terminal 440 is also called a device-side reset terminal.
- the terminal 450 is also called a device-side ground terminal.
- the contact portion forming member 403A electrically connects the data terminal 210 and the sub-control board terminal 510.
- the device-side terminal 410 contacts the data terminal 210
- the relay terminal 431 contacts the sub-control board terminal 510 .
- the contact portion forming member 403B electrically connects the clock terminal 220 and the sub-control board terminal 520 .
- the device-side terminal 420 contacts the clock terminal 220
- the relay terminal 432 contacts the sub-control board terminal 520 .
- the contact portion forming member 403 ⁇ /b>C electrically connects the power terminal 230 and the sub-control board terminal 530 .
- the device-side terminal 430 contacts the power terminal 230
- the relay terminal 433 contacts the sub-control board terminal 530 .
- the contact portion forming member 403 ⁇ /b>D electrically connects the reset terminal 240 and the sub-control board terminal 540 .
- the device-side terminal 440 contacts the reset terminal 240
- the relay terminal 434 contacts the sub-control board terminal 540 .
- the contact portion forming member 403E electrically connects the ground terminal 250 and the sub-control board terminal 550 .
- the device-side terminal 450 contacts the ground terminal 250
- the relay terminal 435 contacts the sub-control board terminal 550 .
- the terminals 210 , 220 , 230 , 240 , 250 are electrically connected by coming into contact with the device-side terminals 410 , 420 , 430 , 440 , 450 when the liquid container 100 is attached to the container 4 .
- Device-side terminals 410 , 420 , 430 , 440 , and 450 of connection mechanism 400 are electrically connected by coming into contact with sub-control board terminals 590 on sub-control board 500 .
- the sub-control board terminals 590 of the sub-control board 500 are electrically connected to the sub-control section 50 by wiring. Thereby, each terminal 210 , 220 , 230 , 240 , 250 is electrically connected to the sub-controller 50 .
- each contact portion cp in the liquid container 100 and the positional relationship between each contact portion cp and other elements, such as the first virtual line C1 also apply to the contact portions dcp of the device-side terminals 410 to 450.
- the arrangement of the contact portions cp in the liquid container 100 and the arrangement of the contact portions dcp of the device-side terminals 490 are in a mirror image relationship.
- the contact dcp of the device-side data terminal 410 is also called device-side data contact dcpd.
- the contact portion dcp of the device-side clock terminal 420 is also called a device-side clock contact portion dcpc.
- the contact portion dcp of the device-side power terminal 430 is also called a device-side power contact portion dcpvd.
- the contact portion dcp of the device-side reset terminal 440 is also called a device-side reset contact portion dcpr.
- the contact portion dcp of the device-side ground terminal 450 is also called a device-side ground contact portion dcpvs.
- connection mechanism 400 is viewed from above.
- Two orthogonal straight lines are defined as a first virtual line C1 and a second virtual line C2.
- the first virtual line C1 is the direction along the first direction FD
- the second virtual line C2 is the direction along the second direction SD.
- two orthogonal straight lines substantially along the surface of the terminal holding portion 405 are defined as a first virtual line C1 and a second virtual line C2.
- the contact portions dcp of all device-side terminals of the connection mechanism 400 are projected onto the second virtual line C2.
- the device-side data contact dcpd corresponding to the data terminal 210 the device-side clock contact dcpc corresponding to the clock terminal 220 , the device-side power contact dcpvd corresponding to the power terminal 230 , and the reset terminal 240 corresponding to Assume that the device-side reset contact portion dcpr and the device-side ground contact portion dcpvs corresponding to the ground terminal 250 are projected onto the second virtual line C2.
- swd be the projected position of the device-side data contact portion dcpd
- swc be the projected position of the device-side clock contact portion dcpc
- swvd be the projected position of the device-side power contact portion dcpvd.
- the projected position of the device-side reset contact dcpr is swr
- the projected position of the device-side ground contact dcpvs is swvs.
- Each projected position swd, swc, swvd, swr, and swvs is an orthographic projection of the contact portion dcp of each device-side terminal perpendicularly to the second virtual line C2.
- the contact portions dcp of all device-side terminals are projected at different positions.
- the device-side data contact dcpd, the device-side clock contact dcpc, the device-side power contact dcpvd, the device-side reset contact dcpr, and the device-side ground contact dcpvs are projected to different positions.
- the device-side data contact dcpd, the device-side clock contact dcpc, the device-side power contact dcpvd, the device-side reset contact dcpr, and the device-side ground contact dcpvs are the first virtual contacts that pass through the contacts dcp of each device-side terminal.
- the imaginary lines along the line C1 are arranged parallel to each other without overlapping or intersecting each other. At this time, the first imaginary line C1 passes through the midpoint MP between the two most distant projected positions among the projected positions of the contact portions dcp of all the device-side terminals.
- the device-side ground contact The first imaginary line C1 passes through an intermediate MP between the projection position swvs of the contact portion dcpvs and the projection position swvs of the device-side ground contact portion dcpvs and the projection position swvs of the device-side ground contact portion dcpvs.
- the first imaginary line C1 passes through the middle between the projection position swc of the device-side clock contact portion dcpc and the projection position swvs of the device-side ground contact portion dcpvs.
- one region of the connection mechanism 400 is defined as a first region Rg1
- the other region of the connection mechanism 400 is defined as a second region Rg2.
- the device-side terminals 410, 420, 430, and 440 are arranged in the first region Rg1
- the device-side terminal 450 is arranged in the second region Rg2.
- the first region Rg1 is a region on the -X direction side, which is the negative direction of the second direction SD, relative to the first virtual line C1
- the second region Rg2 is a region in the second direction relative to the first virtual line C1. This is the area on the +X direction side, which is the positive direction of SD.
- the first region Rg1 is also one region of the connection mechanism 400 sandwiching the first virtual line C1
- the second region Rg2 is also the other region of the connection mechanism 400 sandwiching the first virtual line C1.
- a portion of the contact portions dcpa of all the contact portions dcp of the device-side terminals are arranged in the first region Rg1, and the remaining contact portions dcpb are arranged in the second region Rg2.
- Some of the contact portions dcpa arranged in the first region Rg1 include a device-side data contact portion dcpd, a device-side clock contact portion dcpc, a device-side power contact portion dcpv, and a device-side reset contact portion dcpr.
- the remaining contacts dcpb arranged in the second region Rg2 include the device-side ground contacts dcpvs.
- a device-side clock contact portion dcpc, a device-side data contact portion dcpd, a device-side reset contact portion dcpr, and a device-side power contact portion dcpvd are arranged on one side of the first virtual line C1.
- a device-side ground contact dcpvs is arranged on the side.
- the device-side ground contact portion dcpvs is arranged at the extreme end in the +X direction, which is the positive direction of the second direction SD, among the contact portions dcp of the plurality of device-side terminals.
- the contact portion dcp of any one of the device-side clock contact portion dcpc, the device-side data contact portion dcpd, the device-side power contact portion dcpvd, and the device-side reset contact portion dcpr is the contact portion dcp of the plurality of device-side terminals.
- the contact portions dcp it is arranged at the extreme end in the ⁇ X direction, which is the negative direction of the second direction SD.
- the contact portion dcp of any one of the device-side terminals is located on the most one side in the second direction SD among the contact portions dcp of the plurality of device-side terminals.
- the device-side ground contact portion dcpvs is positioned on the othermost side in the second direction SD among the contact portions dcp of the plurality of device-side terminals.
- the distance in the direction along the second imaginary line C2 between the device-side ground contact portions dcpvs provided in the second region Rg2 is Wa.
- the device-side data contact portion dcpd, the device-side clock contact portion dcpc, the device-side power contact portion dcpd, and the device-side reset contact portion dcpr are preferably arranged away from the device-side ground terminal contact portion dcpvs.
- the first region Rg1 among the contact portions dcp of the device-side terminal 490 excluding the device-side ground contact portion dcpvs, when projected onto the second virtual line C2, it is projected at the position closest to the projection position swvs.
- the distance in the direction along the second imaginary line C2 between the contact portion dcp and the device-side ground contact portion dcpvs provided in the second region Rg2 is greater than or equal to Wa/2.
- the device-side ground contact portions projected on the second imaginary line C2 are closest to the projected position swvs.
- Contact portions dcp of other device-side terminals do not exist in the region between the contact portions dcpvs.
- the contact portions dcp of the device-side terminals 410 to 440 and the device-side ground contact portion dcpvs are not provided on the first virtual line C1.
- the contact portion dcp of at least one device-side terminal is projected.
- the device-side clock contact dcpc the device-side power contact dcpvd
- the device-side reset contact Among the dcpr two or more contact portions dcp of the device-side terminals are arranged to be projected.
- the device-side data terminal dcpd is projected between the projection positions of the contact portions dcp of any two of the device-side clock contact portion dcpc, the device-side power contact portion dcpvd, and the device-side reset contact portion dcpr. are arranged as The device-side data contact portion dcpd does not become the contact portion projected at the end on the second virtual line C2.
- the device-side data contact portion dcpd is arranged to be projected between the projected positions of the device-side clock contact portion dcpc and the device-side power contact portion dcpvd.
- Either or both of the device-side data contact portion dcpd and the device-side reset contact portion dcpr are projected between the projected position swvd of the device-side power contact portion dcpvd and the projected position swc of the device-side clock contact portion dcpc. are arranged as Further, the device-side reset contact portion dcpr is arranged so that its projected position swr is adjacent to the projected position swvd of the device-side power contact portion dcpvd. In this embodiment, the device-side data contact portion dcpd is projected between the projected position swvd of the device-side power contact portion dcpvd and the projected position swc of the device-side clock contact portion dcpc.
- the device-side power supply contact portion dcpr is arranged so that its projected position swvd is adjacent to the projected position swd of the device-side data contact portion dcpd.
- the device-side clock contact portion dcpc is arranged so as to be projected at the farthest position from the projection position swvs of the device-side ground contact portion dcpvs. Further, the device-side data contact portion dcpd, the device-side power contact portion dcpvd, and the device-side reset contact portion dcpr are projected from the projection position swc of the device-side clock contact portion dcpc on the second virtual line C2 to the projection of the device-side ground contact portion dcpvs. They are arranged so that they are sequentially projected in the direction toward the position swvs.
- the device-side clock contact portion dcpc is positioned at the extreme end in the ⁇ X direction, which is the negative direction of the second direction SD.
- the contact portions dcp of the device-side terminals other than the device-side clock contact portion dcpc move from the ⁇ X direction, which is the negative direction of the second direction SD, toward the +X direction, which is the positive direction SD.
- the contact portion dcpvd and the device-side reset contact portion dcpr are arranged in this order.
- the contact portions dcp of the plurality of device-side terminals are arranged such that the projected positions of the device-side clock contact portions dcpc, the device-side data contact portions dcpd, the device-side power contact portions dcpvd, the device-side power contact portions dcpvd, and the device-side
- the reset contact dcpr and the device-side ground contact dcpvs are arranged in this order.
- the device-side clock contact dcpc, the device-side data contact dcpd, the device-side power contact dcpvd, the device-side reset contact dcpr, and the device-side ground contact dcpvs are arranged to form a plurality of columns.
- the multiple columns are parallel to the second phantom line C2 and perpendicular to the first phantom line C1.
- the contact portions dcp of the plurality of device-side terminals are arranged so as to form two rows perpendicular to the first direction FD, and the directions of the two rows are parallel to the second direction SD. .
- the direction in which the two columns are arranged is the direction along the first imaginary line C1, which is the direction along the first direction FD in the present embodiment.
- the two columns are called the first column R1 and the second column R2.
- a first row R1 is formed by a device-side clock contact dcpc, a device-side power contact dcpvd and a device-side ground contact dcpvs.
- a second row R2 is formed by a device-side data contact dcpd and a device-side reset contact dcpr.
- the device-side data contact dcpd and the device-side reset contact dcpr forming the second row R2, and the device-side clock contact dcpc, the device-side power contact dcpvd and the device-side ground contact dcpvs forming the first row R1 are , are alternately arranged so that their contact portions dcp are not aligned in the direction of the first imaginary line C1, forming a so-called staggered arrangement.
- the contact portions dcp of two adjacent device-side terminals projected onto the second imaginary line C2 form different rows.
- the device-side data contacts dcpd and the device-side ground contacts dcpvs are arranged in different columns.
- any one of the device-side clock contact portion dcpc, the device-side power contact portion dcpvd, and the device-side reset contact portion dcpr is present. It is arranged so that the contact portion dcp of the device-side terminal is projected.
- the device-side reset contact portion dcpr and the device-side power contact portion dcpvd are projected between the projected position swd of the device-side data contact portion dcpd and the projected position swvs of the device-side ground contact portion dcpvs.
- the contact portions dcp of the device-side terminals 410 to 450 are arranged to form the first row R1 and the second row R2, but the arrangement is not limited to this.
- the contact portions dcp of the device-side terminals 410 to 450 may be arranged to form rows such as three rows or four rows.
- a row can also be formed by the contact portion dcp of one device-side terminal.
- the distance DAn be the distance between the device-side ground contact portion dcpvs and the device-side reset contact portion dcpr.
- DBn be the distance between the device-side data contact portion dcpd and the device-side clock contact portion dcpc.
- the distance between the device-side data contact portion dcpd and the device-side ground contact portion dcpvs is defined as a distance DCn.
- the distance between the device-side data contact portion dcpd and the device-side reset contact portion dcpr is defined as a distance DDn.
- DEn be the distance between the device-side data contact portion dcpd and the device-side power contact portion dcpvd.
- the distance DCn is longer than the distance DBn.
- Distance DCn is longer than distance DEn.
- Distance DCn is longer than distance DDn.
- the distance DBn and the distance DEn are the same.
- the distance between the device-side data contact portion dcpd and the contact portion dcp of the device-side terminal furthest from the device-side data contact portion dcpd among the plurality of device-side terminal contact portions dcp excluding the device-side ground contact portion dcpvs is DBn and distance DEn.
- the distance DAn is longer than the distance DBn and the distance DEn.
- a virtual line segment connecting the device-side clock contact portion dcpc and the device-side data contact portion dcpd is defined as a first line segment fL
- a virtual line segment connecting the device-side reset contact portion dcpr and the device-side data contact portion dcpd is defined as a second line.
- a virtual line segment connecting the device-side power contact portion dcpvd and the device-side data contact portion dcpd is a third line segment tL.
- a contact portion dcp of a device-side terminal different from the device-side clock contact portion dcpc and the device-side data contact portion dcpd does not exist on the first line segment fL.
- the data terminal 210 can also be called a first terminal.
- the clock terminal 220 can also be called a second terminal included in other terminals.
- the reset terminal 240 can also be called a third terminal included in other terminals.
- the power terminal 230 can also be called a fourth terminal included in other terminals.
- the ground terminal 250 can also be called a fifth terminal included in other terminals.
- the data contact cpd can also be called the first contact.
- the clock contact cpc can also be called the second contact.
- the reset contact cpr can also be called the third contact.
- the power contact cpvd can also be called the fourth contact.
- the ground contact cpvs can also be called the fifth contact.
- Terminals other than the first terminal can also be called other terminal group. Terminals provided on the substrate 120 and the liquid container 100, such as the terminals 210 to 250, can also be called substrate-side terminals or container-side terminals.
- the device-side terminal 410 can also be called a first device-side terminal.
- the device-side terminal 420 can also be called a second device-side terminal.
- the device-side terminal 430 can also be called a third device-side terminal.
- the device-side terminal 440 can also be called a fourth device-side terminal.
- the device-side terminal 450 can also be called a fifth device-side terminal.
- the projected position of the first device-side terminal 410 can be called a first projected position.
- the projected position of the second device-side terminal 420 can be called a second projected position.
- the projected position of the third device-side terminal 430 can be called a third projected position.
- the projected position of the fourth device-side terminal 440 can be called a fourth projected position.
- the projected position of the fifth device-side terminal 450 can be called a fifth projected position.
- the “attachment completion state” refers to a state in which the liquid container 100 is attached to the printing apparatus 20 and no short circuit has occurred between the terminals 290 .
- the liquid container 100 is attached to the printer 20 means that the liquid container 100 is physically attached to the printer 20 and the contact portion cp of the terminal 290 is on the device side. It means to be electrically connected to the terminal 490 .
- the installation complete state is a state in which communication can be performed between the printing apparatus 20 and the device 130 .
- the “unmounted state” refers to a state in which the liquid container 100 is not mounted in the containing section 4 of the printing apparatus 20, or a state in which the liquid containing container 100 is attached to the containing section 4 of the printing apparatus 20, but the apparatus It refers to a state in which poor contact occurs between the side terminal 490 and the contact portion cp.
- “Short-circuit state” refers to a state in which the terminals 290 are short-circuited even though the liquid container 100 is attached to the housing section 4 of the printing apparatus 20 . For example, when the data terminal 210 and the clock terminal 220 are short-circuited, it is said that "the data terminal 210 and the clock terminal 220 are in a short-circuited state.”
- Connected state is any of (i) attached state, (ii) non-attached state, and (iii) short-circuited state. “Determining the connected state” refers to determining which of the above-described states (i) to (iii) the liquid container 100 is in.
- the main control section 40 and the sub-control section 50 constitute a control unit 39 that controls the operation of the printing device 20 .
- the sub-controller 50 and the liquid containers 100A to 100D are electrically connected by a plurality of wires.
- the multiple lines include reset line LRST, clock line LSCK, power supply line LVDD, data line LSDA, and ground line LVSS.
- a reset line LRST, a clock line LSCK, a power line LVDD, and a data line LSDA are provided independently for each of the liquid containers 100A to 100D.
- the ground line LVSS is provided commonly to the liquid containers 100A to 100D.
- the terminal for outputting the reset signal RST is the host terminal HRST
- the terminal for outputting the clock signal SCK is the host terminal HSCK
- the terminal for outputting the power supply voltage VDD is the host terminal HVDD
- the data signal SDA is output.
- an input terminal is a host terminal HSDA.
- the host terminal HVSS is grounded.
- suffixes "1" to "4" are added when distinguishing the terminals connected to the corresponding liquid containers 100A to 100D. These "1" to "4" correspond to the identification information "1" to "4" of the liquid containers 100A to 100D.
- the sub-controller 50 and the main controller 40 are electrically connected via the bus 46 .
- the sub-controller 50 individually transmits various signals and voltages to the devices 130A-130D of the liquid containers 100A-100D via the connection bus 45 including lines LRST, LSCK, LVDD, LSDA, and LVSS.
- the reset line LRST is a conductive line used by the control unit 39 to send the reset signal RST to the device 130 .
- the reset signal RST is a signal that makes it possible to receive a request signal RS, which will be described later.
- the reset signal RST sent by the control unit 39 to the device 130 changes from high level to low level, the portion of the processing unit 136 that receives the request signal RS is initialized, and the reset signal RST changes from low level to high level. As a result, a new request signal RS can be accepted.
- Clock line LSCK is a conductive line used by control unit 39 to send clock signal SCK to device 130 .
- the clock signal SCK is a signal in which a low level and a high level are alternately repeated at a predetermined cycle.
- Data line LSDA is a conductive line used to transmit and receive data signal SDA between control unit 39 and device 130 .
- Data signal SDA is transmitted and received synchronously with clock signal SCK for synchronization between control unit 39 and device 130 .
- the data signal SDA is transmitted and received using the rise or fall of the clock signal SCK as a trigger.
- the reset signal RST, data signal SDA, and clock signal SCK are either high level or low level.
- the high level is also represented by the code "H” or "1”
- the low level is also represented by the code "L” or "0".
- the host terminal HSDA connected to the data line LSDA is grounded via a pull-down resistor inside the sub-control section 50 .
- the ground line LVSS is a conductive line that defines the ground potential VSS of the device 130 .
- the ground potential VSS is set to 0V, for example.
- the power supply line LVDD is a conductive line used by the control unit 39 to supply the device 130 with the power supply voltage VDD, which is the operating voltage.
- the power supply voltage VDD is a voltage higher than a predetermined threshold. In this embodiment, the power supply voltage VDD is, for example, a potential of about 3.3 V with respect to the ground potential VSS. Note that the potential used for the power supply voltage VDD may have different values depending on the type of the device 130 .
- FIG. 9 is a diagram showing the functional configuration of the printing device 20 together with one liquid container 100.
- the printing device 20 includes a display panel 495 , a power supply 441 , a main control section 40 and a sub control section 50 .
- the display panel 495 is used to notify the user of the operating state of the printing apparatus 20, errors in the liquid containers 100A to 100D, the amount of ink consumption stored in the device 130, the color of the ink, the date of manufacture, and the like. Used.
- the display panel 495 displays, for example, a display that informs the user that the liquid container 100 has been mounted, a display that the printing system 1000 is ready for printing, , the remaining amount of ink contained in the liquid container 100, and the like are displayed.
- the display panel 495 is provided, for example, in the operation section 70 in FIG.
- a power supply 441 is a normal power supply used for logic circuits and rated at 3.3V. The voltage of the power supply 441 is supplied to the sub-controller 50 and, if necessary, to other circuits.
- the main control unit 40 has a CPU 415 and a device-side first storage unit 416 .
- the CPU 415 controls the operation of the printing device 20 by executing various programs stored in the device-side first storage unit 416 .
- the main controller 40 controls the operation of the display panel 495 and the operation of the sub-controller 50 .
- the CPU 415 functions as the determination unit 411 by executing various programs stored in the device-side first storage unit 416 .
- the determination unit 411 has an attachment determination unit 412 and a short circuit determination unit 414 .
- the attachment determination unit 412 determines whether or not the liquid container 100 is attached.
- the short-circuit determination unit 414 determines whether or not a short-circuit has occurred between the terminals 290 .
- the sub control unit 50 includes a switching unit 511 and a device-side second storage unit 516 .
- the switching unit 511 includes a register (not shown) and an analog switch (not shown) connected to the register.
- the analog switch becomes conductive.
- the CPU 415 and the substrate 120 are switched to a connected state.
- the analog switch becomes non-conducting.
- the CPU 415 and the board 120 are switched to a state in which they are not connected.
- the device-side second storage unit 516 stores determination information.
- the determination information is information used for the connection state determination process, which will be described later.
- the determination information is information that uses the voltage output from the data terminal 210 as a detection value for a request signal RS, which will be described later.
- the determination unit 411 reads determination information from the device-side second storage unit 516 when executing the connection state determination process.
- the sub-controller 50 transmits a request signal RS to each of the devices 130A-130D of the liquid containers 100A-100D via the connection bus 45.
- the request signal RS is output from the host terminal HSDA of the sub-controller 50 and input to each data terminal 210 of the liquid containers 100A-100D.
- the request signal RS includes a command that enables identification of the liquid containers 100A to 100D to be responded to the request signal RS for each of the devices 130A to 130D.
- the determination unit 411 uses the voltage output from each data terminal 210 of the liquid containers 100A to 100D in response to the request signal RS to determine the connection state of the liquid containers 100A to 100D. Details of the request signal RS will be described later.
- the processing unit 136 of the device 130 communicates with the printing device 20 via the data line LSDA in synchronization with the clock signal SCK input from the printing device 20 to the clock terminal 220 . For example, signals are transmitted and received using the rise or fall of the clock signal SCK as a trigger.
- the processing unit 136 controls signals and voltages input/output to/from the terminals 210-250. For example, it outputs the response signals FS and SS to the data terminal 210 via the data line LSDA in response to the request signal RS.
- Processing unit 136 includes a three-state buffer.
- the three-state buffer has three drive states: a low-level voltage output state, a high-level voltage output state, and a high impedance state.
- the three-state buffer is connected to data terminal 210 .
- the terms “low level”, “high level”, and “high impedance” are used to indicate the drive state of the data terminal 210 .
- the storage unit 138 is configured by a memory cell array in which a plurality of memory cells are arranged in a two-dimensional matrix.
- the processing unit 136 and the storage unit 138 are connected by bit lines and word lines.
- the processing unit 136 is electrically connected to the terminals 210 to 250 and the storage unit 138 .
- FIG. 10A is a flowchart of processing executed by the printing apparatus 20 in connection state determination processing.
- FIG. 10B is a flowchart of processing executed by the device 130 in connection state determination processing.
- the printing device 20 performs the following processing.
- step S ⁇ b>301 the sub-controller 50 transmits a request signal RS to the device 130 of the liquid container 100 .
- the sub-controller 50 detects the voltage output from the data terminal 210 of the liquid container 100 .
- step S302 the sub-controller 50 detects the voltage output from the data terminal 210 of the liquid container 100 at a predetermined first timing t1.
- step S303 the sub-controller 50 detects the voltage output from the data terminal 210 of the liquid container 100 at the predetermined second timing t2.
- step S304 the sub-controller 50 detects the voltage output from the data terminal 210 of the liquid container 100 at a predetermined third timing t3.
- the first timing t1 to the third timing t3 are different timings.
- the voltages detected by the sub-controller 50 at the first timing t1 to the third timing t3 are stored in the device-side second storage unit 516 of the sub-controller 50 as detection values.
- step S ⁇ b>305 the determination unit 411 of the main control unit 40 reads the detection value from the device-side second storage unit 516 .
- step S306 the main controller 40 determines the connection state based on the detection values detected by the sub controller 50 at the first timing t1 to the third timing t3.
- the device 130 performs the following processing.
- step S ⁇ b>101 the processing unit 136 of the device 130 determines whether or not a request signal RS has been input from the printer 20 to the data terminal 210 . If it is determined that the request signal RS has been input to the data terminal 210, the processing section 136 of the device 130 determines whether or not it is requested to respond to the printer 20 in step S102. When determining that a response to the printer 20 is requested, the processing unit 136 of the device 130 outputs the first response signal FS to the data terminal 210 in step S103.
- the processing unit 136 of the device 130 After outputting the first response signal FS, the processing unit 136 of the device 130 outputs the second response signal SS to the data terminal 210 in step S104.
- the first response signal FS and the second response signal SS are output from the data terminal 210 to the printer 20 . If it is determined in step S102 that a response to the printing device 20 has not been requested, the processing section 136 of the device 130 ends the process.
- FIGS. 11A to 11D An outline and output timing of the request signal RS, the first response signal FS, and the second response signal SS will be described with reference to FIGS. 11A to 11D.
- 11A is a timing chart when the printer 20 outputs the request signal RS to the data terminal 210.
- FIG. 11B is a timing chart when the device 130 outputs the first response signal FS and the second response signal SS to the data terminal 210.
- FIG. FIG. 11C is a diagram showing details of the first response signal FS.
- FIG. 11D is a diagram showing details of the second response signal SS.
- the timing chart of FIG. 11B is executed subsequent to the timing chart of FIG. 11A. 11A-11D, "H" indicates that the signal is at high level, and "L” indicates that the signal is at low level.
- a dotted line indicates that the driving state of the terminal 290 is high impedance, indicating that no signal is output from the terminal 290 .
- the host terminal HSDA of the sub-control section 50 is grounded through a pull-down resistor. Therefore, the control unit 39 cannot distinguish between the driving state of the terminal 290 being high impedance and no signal being output from the terminal 290 and the low level voltage being output from the terminal 290.
- a pull-up resistor is used to connect the data terminal 210 and the power supply terminal 230, it can be confirmed that the driving state of the data terminal 290 is high impedance.
- Cycles D1 to D9 in the command period CMT, the first response period RT1, and the second response period RT2 represent unit periods in which the clock signal SCK alternates between low and high levels.
- the clock signal SCK in this unit period is called a "cycle".
- the timing charts shown in FIGS. 11A and 11B are executed with predetermined timing as a trigger.
- the predetermined timing includes, for example, the timing at which the printing apparatus 20 is activated and the power source 441 is turned on, the timing at which the liquid container 100 is replaced, the timing at which an instruction is received from the user, and the timing at which the printing apparatus 20 performs printing. is not executed and the carriage 30 is positioned at the home position.
- An example of execution triggered by the timing when the power supply 441 is turned on will be described below.
- the control unit 39 first brings the power supply voltage VDD to high level.
- the control unit 39 changes the reset signal RST from low level to high level after the lapse of a predetermined time after the power supply voltage VDD becomes high level.
- the control unit 39 transmits the clock signal SCK to the device 130 .
- the control unit 39 transmits the request signal RS to the device 130 .
- the request signal RS includes a first execution command BCC1, first identification data DB1, first parity data P1, second execution command BCC2, second identification data DB2, and second parity data P2.
- the request signal RS will be explained in detail.
- the control unit 39 After setting the reset signal RST to high level, the control unit 39 transmits the first execution command BCC1 to the devices 130A to 130D in cycles D1 and D2 of the command period CMT.
- the first execution command BCC1 is 2-bit data, and is a command indicating that the main control unit 40 executes the connection state determination process.
- the control unit 39 generates the first execution command BCC1 by setting the voltage to high level in cycle D1 and to low level in cycle D2.
- the control unit 39 transmits the first identification data DB1 to the devices 130A-130D in cycles D3-D8.
- the first identification data DB1 is 6-bit data and identifies the liquid container 100A-100D that requests a response.
- corresponding bits are assigned to each of the devices 130A-130D.
- the cycle D3, which is the first bit, and the cycle D4, which is the second bit, can be used when six liquid containers 100 are mounted on the printing apparatus 20 in another embodiment.
- the cycle D5 as the 3rd bit corresponds to the liquid container 100D
- the cycle D6 as the 4th bit corresponds to the liquid container 100C
- the cycle D7 as the 5th bit corresponds to the liquid container.
- the first identification data DB1 transmitted to the device 130A of the liquid container 100A is high level in cycle D8, which is the sixth bit, and the remaining bits are low level.
- the first identification data DB1 transmitted to the device 130B of the liquid container 100B is at high level in cycle D7, which is the fifth bit, and the remaining bits are at low level.
- the first identification data DB1 transmitted to the device 130C of the liquid container 100C is at high level in cycle D6, which is the fourth bit, and the remaining bits are at low level.
- the first identification data DB1 transmitted to the device 130D of the liquid container 100D is at high level in cycle D5, which is the third bit, and the remaining bits are at low level.
- the request signal RS has a different waveform for each of the devices 130A-130D of the liquid containers 100A-100D.
- the control unit 39 transmits the first parity data P1 to the devices 130A-130D in cycle D9.
- the first parity data P1 is 1-bit data. In this embodiment, the first parity data P1 is odd parity.
- the control unit 39 transmits a 2-bit second execution command BCC2 to the devices 130A-130D.
- the second execution command BCC2 is the same data as the first execution command BCC1 but not inverted.
- the control unit 39 sends 6-bit second identification data DB2 to the devices 130A-130D.
- the second identification data DB2 is the same data that is not inverted from the first identification data DB1.
- the control unit 39 transmits 1-bit second parity data P2 to the devices 130A-130D.
- the first execution command BCC1, the first identification data DB1, and the first parity data P1 are collectively called the first command.
- the second execution command BCC2, the second identification data DB2, and the second parity data P2 are collectively called a second command.
- a period during which the control unit 39 transmits the first command to the device 130 in the command period CMT is also called a first command period.
- a period during which the control unit 39 transmits the second command to the device 130 in the command period CMT is also called a second command period.
- the first command and the second command are the same non-inverted data. In other embodiments, the first command and the second command may be inverted with respect to each other.
- the device 130 first receives the power supply voltage VDD from the printer 20 to the power supply terminal 230 .
- the reset signal RST changes from the low reset voltage to the high reset voltage.
- the clock signal SCK is input to the clock terminal 220 from the printing apparatus 20 .
- a request signal RS is input from the printing device 20 to the data terminal 210 after the high reset voltage is input from the printing device 20 to the reset terminal 240 .
- the power supply voltage VDD is a high-level voltage higher than the threshold.
- the reset signal RST is a signal including a low reset voltage as a low level and a high reset voltage as a high level higher than the low reset voltage.
- the low reset voltage is a voltage lower than the reference reset voltage as a threshold
- the high reset voltage is a voltage higher than the reference reset voltage as a threshold.
- the reference reset voltage is a voltage that serves as a reference for determining high level and low level.
- the clock signal SCK is a signal in which a low clock voltage as a low level and a high clock voltage as a high level higher than the low clock voltage are alternately repeated at a predetermined cycle.
- the low clock voltage is a voltage lower than the threshold reference clock voltage
- the high clock voltage is a voltage higher than the threshold reference clock voltage.
- the reference clock voltage is a voltage that serves as a reference for determining high level and low level.
- Each threshold is set, for example, between the potential of the power supply 441 and the ground potential.
- the device 130 requested to respond to the printer 20 transmits the first response signal FS and the second response signal SS. Output to data terminal 210 .
- the first response signal FS and the second response signal SS indicate that the data terminal 210, the clock terminal 220, the power terminal 230, and the reset terminal 240 are not short-circuited, and that the liquid container 100 is attached to the printer 20. It is the signal used by printing device 20 to determine that the The request signal RS has a waveform that individually designates the liquid containers 100A to 100D in the first identification data DB1.
- the devices 130A to 130D output the first response signal FS and the second response signal SS to the data terminal 210 when receiving the request signal RS to which they are designated from the printing device 20 .
- the first response signal FS is output during the first response period RT1.
- the second response signal SS is output in the second response period RT2, which is the period following the first response period RT1.
- the control unit 39 sets the potential of the data line LSDA to 0V in the cycle D1 to remove the charge of the data line LSDA. Thereafter, the control unit 39 sets the drive state of the host terminal HSDA of the sub-control section 50 to high impedance in cycle D2. As a result, the printer 20 becomes ready for signal input.
- the processing unit 136 of the device 130 sets the driving state of each data terminal 210 to high impedance in the cycle D1.
- the processing unit 136 of the device 130 similarly sets the driving state of the data terminal 210 to high impedance in the cycle D2.
- the first two bits of the first response period RT1 also function as dummy bits for making the number of bits of the request signal RS and the signal of the first response period RT1 the same.
- the number of cycles of the clock signal SCK forming the first response period RT1 is the same as the number of cycles of the clock signal SCK with which the request signal RS is synchronized.
- the processing section 136 of each device 130 outputs the first response signal FS to the data terminal 210 at a predetermined timing.
- the first response signal FS is output from different processing units 136A to 136D for each cycle of the clock signal SCK.
- the first response signal FS includes a low level voltage.
- the first response signal FS is a signal output to the data terminal 210 while the clock signal SCK is at high level.
- the first response signal FS is at low level while the clock signal SCK is at high level.
- the processing unit 136 of the device 130 outputs a low level voltage to the data terminal 210 when the voltage input to the clock terminal 220 changes from low level to high level.
- the first response signal FS includes a low first response voltage as a low level that is lower than the reference first response voltage as a threshold.
- the reference first response voltage is a voltage that serves as a reference for determining low level and high level, and is set, for example, between the voltage of the power supply 441 and the voltage of the ground potential.
- the first timing t1 is set to a period during which the clock signal SCK is at high level in each of cycles D5 to D8 of the first response period RT1.
- the first timing t1 is set to a period during which the first response signal FS is at low level.
- the device 130 outputs a low-level voltage to the data terminal 210 before the first timing t1 during the high-level period of the clock signal SCK in one cycle of the clock signal SCK. do.
- the cycle D9 of the first response period RT1 functions as a dummy bit that makes the number of bits the same between the first command period and the first response period RT1.
- the control unit 39 sets the potential of the data line LSDA to 0 V, thereby removing the charge of the data line LSDA.
- the processing unit 136 of the device 130 sets the drive state of the data terminal 210 to high impedance in the cycle D1. Also in cycle D2, the processing unit 136 of the device 130 sets the drive state of the data terminal 210 to high impedance.
- the first two bits of the second response period RT2 also function as dummy bits that make the number of bits of the request signal RS and the signal of the second response period RT2 the same.
- the number of cycles of the clock signal SCK forming the second response period RT2 is the same as the number of cycles of the clock signal SCK with which the request signal RS is synchronized.
- the processing section 136 of each device 130 outputs the second response signal SS to the data terminal 210 at a predetermined timing.
- the second response signal SS is output from different processing units 136A to 136D for each cycle of the clock signal SCK.
- the second response signal SS includes a low level voltage and a high level voltage.
- the waveform of the second response signal SS is in phase opposite to the waveform of the clock signal SCK input to the clock terminal 220 .
- the second response signal SS contains a high level while the clock signal SCK is at a low level, and contains a low level while the clock signal SCK is at a high level.
- the second response signal SS includes a low second response voltage as a low level and a high second response voltage as a high level higher than the low second response voltage.
- the low second response voltage is a voltage lower than the reference second response voltage as the threshold
- the high second response voltage is a voltage higher than the reference second response voltage as the threshold.
- the reference second response voltage is a voltage that serves as a reference for determining low level and high level, and is set, for example, between the voltage of the power supply 441 and the voltage of the ground potential.
- the reference second response voltage may be the same as or different from the reference first response voltage.
- the waveform of the second response signal SS differs from the waveform of the first response signal FS.
- the second timing t2 is set to the low level period of the clock signal SCK in each of the cycles D5 to D8 of the second response period RT2.
- the second timing t2 is set to a period during which the second response signal SS is at high level.
- the third timing t3 is set during the high level period of the clock signal SCK in each of the cycles D5 to D8 of the second response period RT2.
- the third timing t3 is set to a period during which the second response signal SS is at low level.
- the device 130 outputs a high-level voltage to the data terminal 210 before the second timing t2 in one period of the clock signal SCK, during which the clock signal SCK is at low level. do.
- the device 130 outputs a low-level voltage to the data terminal 210 before the third timing t3 in a high-level period in one cycle of the clock signal SCK.
- the cycle D9 of the second response period RT2 functions as dummy bit data that makes the number of bits the same between the second command period and the second response period RT2.
- the output periods of the first response signal FS and the second response signal SS are different for each of the devices 130A-130D of the liquid containers 100A-100D.
- the device 130 outputs the first response signal FS and the second response signal SS in one period of the clock signal SCK corresponding to the identification information.
- the liquid container 100A outputs the first response signal FS and the second response signal SS to the data terminal 210 in each cycle D8 of the first response period RT1 and the second response period RT2.
- the liquid container 100B outputs the first response signal FS and the second response signal SS to the data terminal 210 in each cycle D7 of the first response period RT1 and the second response period RT2.
- the liquid container 100C outputs the first response signal FS and the second response signal SS to the data terminal 210 in each cycle D6 of the first response period RT1 and the second response period RT2.
- the liquid container 100D outputs the first response signal FS and the second response signal SS to the data terminal 210 in each cycle D5 of the first response period RT1 and the second response period RT2.
- the device 130 switches the drive state of the data terminal 210 from high impedance to low level, thereby generating the first response signal.
- Output FS For example, as shown in FIG. 11B, the device 130A changes the drive state of the data terminal 210 from high impedance to low level when the clock signal SCK is input to the clock terminal 220 in cycles D1 to D7 in the first response period RT1. to output the first response signal FS.
- the device 130 ends the output of the first response signal FS by switching the driving state of the data terminal 210 from low level to high impedance.
- the device 130A switches the drive state of the data terminal 210 to high impedance after outputting the first response signal FS in the cycle D8 in the first response period RT1, so that the first response signal End the output of FS.
- the device 130 switches the driving state of the data terminal 210 from high impedance to high level, thereby causing the second response.
- Output signal SS For example, as shown in FIG. 11B, the device 130A changes the drive state of the data terminal 210 from high impedance to high level when the clock signal SCK is input to the clock terminal 220 in cycles D1 to D7 in the second response period RT2. , the second response signal SS is output.
- the device 130 ends the output of the second response signal SS by switching the drive state of the data terminal 210 from low level to high impedance.
- the device 130A switches the driving state of the data terminal 210 from low level to high impedance after outputting the second response signal SS in the cycle D8 in the second response period RT2. 2 End the output of the response signal SS.
- the device 130 outputs the first response signal FS to the data terminal 210 after the request signal RS is input to the data terminal 210, and after outputting the first response signal FS, the second response signal SS is output to the data terminal 210 .
- Device 130 does the following when data terminal 210 and clock terminal 220, power terminal 230, and reset terminal 240 are not shorted.
- the device 130 outputs a low first response voltage as a first expected value at a predetermined first timing t1 during a period in which the voltage input to the clock terminal 220 is the high clock voltage. output to As shown in FIG.
- the device 130 after outputting the low first response voltage, the device 130 outputs the high second response voltage as the second expected value at the second timing t2 when the voltage input to the clock terminal 220 is the low clock voltage. The response voltage is output to data terminal 210 . As shown in FIG. 11D, after outputting the high second response voltage, the device 130 outputs the low second response voltage as the third expected value at the third timing t3 when the voltage input to the clock terminal 220 is the high clock voltage. The response voltage is output to data terminal 210 .
- the first response signal FS is configured at a low level.
- the low level of the first response signal FS indicates that the data terminal 210 and the terminals 220, 230, 240, 250 other than the data terminal 210 are not short-circuited.
- the second response signal SS is composed of a high level and a low level. A high level of the second response signal SS indicates that the liquid container 100 is attached to the printing apparatus 20 .
- the low level of the second response signal SS indicates that the data terminal 210 and the terminals 220, 230, 240, 250 other than the data terminal 210 are not short-circuited.
- FIG. 12 is a diagram showing an overview of connection state determination processing executed by the main control unit 40.
- the main controller 40 determines the connection state using a combination of voltages output from the data terminals 210 of the liquid container 100 at the first timing t1 to the third timing t3.
- the first timing t1 to the third timing t3 are assigned to the periods of cycles D5 to D8 according to the liquid containers 100A to 100D, as described above with reference to FIG. 11B.
- the expected value of the voltage output from the data terminal 210 of the liquid container 100 at each of the first timing t1 to the third timing t3 is the voltage output from the data terminal 210 when the liquid container 100 is in the mounting complete state. , and becomes low level at the first timing t1, high level at the second timing t2, and low level at the third timing t3.
- the determination unit 411 of the main control unit 40 determines that the liquid container 100 is in the attachment complete state and "Container present".
- the determination unit 411 of the main control unit 40 The container 100 is in a non-mounted state, and it is determined that there is no container.
- the main control unit 411 of 40 determines that the data terminal 210 and the clock terminal 220 are in a short-circuited state, and that there is a "short-circuit". If the data terminal 210 and the clock terminal 220 are shorted, the voltage of the data terminal 210 will be approximately the same as the voltage of the clock terminal 220 . 11B, the voltage output from the data terminal 210 of the liquid container 100 is high level at the first timing t1, low level at the second timing t2, and high level at the third timing t3. .
- the device when the data terminal 210 and the clock terminal 220 among the data terminal 210, the power supply terminal 230, the reset terminal 240, and the clock terminal 220 are short-circuited, at the first timing t1 to the third timing t3, the device
- the voltage output from the data terminal 210 connected to 130 to the control unit 39 of the printing device 20 is configured as follows.
- the voltage output from the data terminal 210 differs from the first expected value at the first timing t1, from the second expected value at the second timing t2, and from the third expected value at the third timing t3.
- the determining section 411 of the main control section 40 outputs the data terminal 210 and the power supply terminal 230 are short-circuited, or the data terminal 210 and the reset terminal 240 are short-circuited.
- the voltage of the data terminal 210 is the voltage of the power terminal 230 or the voltage of the reset terminal 240. to the same extent as As shown in FIG.
- the power supply terminal 230 and the reset terminal 240 are at high level, so the voltage output from the data terminal 210 of the liquid container 100 is It becomes high level at each of the first timing t1 to the third timing t3.
- the data terminal 210 and the power supply terminal 230 are short-circuited, and the data terminal 210 and the reset terminal 240 are short-circuited.
- the voltage output from the data terminal 210 connected to the device 130 to the control unit 39 of the printing apparatus 20 at the first timing t1 to the third timing t3 is configured as follows. be.
- the voltage output from the data terminal 210 is different from the first expected value at the first timing t1, is the same as the second expected value at the second timing t2, and is different from the third expected value at the third timing t3.
- the printer 20 first detects that the data terminal 210 and the terminals 220, 230, 240, and 250 other than the data terminal 210 are not short-circuited at the first timing t1. After that, it is detected that the liquid container 100 is attached to the printing apparatus 20 at the second timing t2. Furthermore, at the third timing t3, it is confirmed again that the data terminal 210 and the terminals 220, 230, 240, 250 other than the data terminal 210 are not short-circuited. By detecting the voltage output from the data terminal 210 at the first timing t1 to the third timing t3, it is confirmed that the liquid container 100 is in the mounting completion state.
- One cycle of the clock signal SCK includes a low level period and a high level period.
- the device 130 When the data terminal 210 and the clock terminal 220 are not short-circuited, the device 130 outputs the same voltage as the high level to the data terminal 210 during the low level period in one cycle. 220, the device 130 will output the same voltage as the high level.
- the printer 20 that has detected the output from the data terminal 210 cannot distinguish whether the data terminal 210 and the clock terminal 220 are short-circuited or whether the data terminal 210 and the clock terminal 220 are short-circuited. Gone.
- the device 130 outputs a voltage different from the voltage of the clock signal SCK to the data terminal 210, so that when the data terminal 210 and the clock terminal 220 are short-circuited, the printer 20 A distinction can be made between the voltage detected by the printing device and the voltage detected by the printing device when data terminal 210 and clock terminal 220 are not shorted. The same applies when the data terminal 210 and the power terminal 230 are short-circuited, and when the data terminal 210 and the reset terminal 240 are short-circuited.
- connection state determination process A specific example of the connection state determination process will be described with reference to FIGS. 13A to 20B.
- one liquid storage container 100A will be described as an example.
- the waveforms shown in FIGS. 13A to 20B schematically show examples of voltages of the terminal 290 that are actually observed.
- the control unit 39 recognizes the voltage output from the data terminal 210 as either high level or low level based on a predetermined threshold.
- FIG. 13A is a first timing chart of connection state determination processing.
- FIG. 13B is a second timing chart of the connection state determination process.
- the sub-controller 50 transmits the request signal RS to the device 130A of the liquid container 100A during the command period CMT.
- the bit of the cycle D8 becomes high level in order to designate the target liquid container 100A.
- the sub-control unit 50 in the attachment complete state, the sub-control unit 50 outputs the data terminal 210 to the low level at the first timing t1 of the cycle D8 in the first response period RT1, and to the low level at the first timing t1 of the cycle D8 in the second response period RT2.
- the high level is detected at the second timing t2, and the low level is detected at the third timing t3 of the cycle D8 in the second response period RT2.
- the determination unit 421 of the main control unit 40 determines that the liquid storage container 100A has "container present". do.
- FIG. 14A is a third timing chart of the connection state determination process.
- FIG. 14B is a fourth timing chart of the connection state determination process.
- FIG. 14A it is assumed that a short circuit between the data terminal 210 and the clock terminal 220 of the liquid container 100A occurs at timing ta before the command period CMT.
- the change in voltage output from data terminal 210 is similar to the signal at clock terminal 220 .
- the sub control unit 50 outputs a high level at the first timing t1 of the cycle D8 in the first response period RT1, a low level at the second timing t2 of the cycle D8 in the second response period RT2, and a second response period RT2 from the data terminal 210.
- a high level is detected at the third timing t3 of the cycle D8 in .
- the data terminal 210 and the clock terminal 220 are short-circuited, and the determination unit 411 of the main control unit determines that there is a "short-circuit".
- FIG. 15 is a fifth timing chart of the connection state determination process. Assume that a short circuit between the data terminal 210 and the clock terminal 220 of the liquid container 100A occurs at the timing tb of the first response period RT1. In this case, the signal output from data terminal 210 is the same as the signal at clock terminal 220 .
- the sub-control unit 50 outputs a high level at the first timing t1 of the cycle D8 in the first response period RT1 from the data terminal 210, a low level at the second timing t2 of the cycle D8 in the second response period RT2, and a second response A high level is detected at the third timing t3 of the cycle D8 in the period RT2.
- the data terminal 210 and the clock terminal 220 of the liquid container 100A are short-circuited, and the determination section 411 of the main control section 40 determines that there is a "short-circuit".
- FIG. 16A is a sixth timing chart of the connection state determination process.
- FIG. 16B is a seventh timing chart of the connection state determination process. 16A and 16B, it is assumed that a short circuit between the data terminal 210 and the power terminal 230 of the liquid container 100A occurs at timing ta before the command period CMT. As shown in FIG. 16B, the change in voltage output from data terminal 210 is the same as the signal at power supply terminal 230 .
- the sub control unit 50 outputs a signal from the data terminal 210 to a high level at the first timing t1 of the cycle D8 in the first response period RT1, to a high level at the second timing t2 of the cycle D8 in the second response period RT2, and to a high level in the second response period RT2.
- a high level is detected at the third timing t3 of the cycle D8 in .
- the data terminal 210 and the power terminal 230 of the liquid container 100A are short-circuited, and the determination section 411 of the main control section 40 determines that there is a "short-circuit".
- FIG. 17 is an eighth timing chart of the connection state determination process. Assume that a short circuit between the data terminal 210 and the power terminal 230 of the liquid container 100A occurs at the timing tb of the first response period RT1. In this case, the signal output from the data terminal 210 is the same as the signal at the power terminal 230 .
- the sub-control unit 50 outputs a signal from the data terminal 210 to a high level at the first timing t1 of the cycle D8 in the first response period RT1, a high level at the second timing t2 of the cycle D8 in the second response period, and a second response period.
- a high level is detected at the third timing t3 of the cycle D8 in .
- the data terminal 210 and the power terminal 230 of the liquid container 100A are short-circuited, and the determination section 411 of the main control section 40 determines that there is a "short-circuit".
- FIG. 18A is a ninth timing chart of the connection state determination process.
- FIG. 18B is a tenth timing chart of the connection state determination process. 18A and 18B, it is assumed that a short circuit between the data terminal 210 and the reset terminal 240 of the liquid container 100A occurs at timing ta before the command period CMT. As shown in FIG. 18B, the change in voltage output from data terminal 210 is the same as the signal at reset terminal 240 .
- the sub control unit 50 outputs the data terminal 210 to the high level at the first timing t1 of the cycle D8 in the first response period, the high level at the second timing t2 of the cycle D8 in the second response period, and the A high level is detected at the third timing t3 of the cycle D8.
- the data terminal 210 and the reset terminal 240 of the liquid container 100A are short-circuited, and the determination section 411 of the main control section 40 determines that there is a "short-circuit".
- FIG. 19 is an eleventh timing chart of the connection state determination process. Assume that a short circuit between the data terminal 210 and the reset terminal 240 of the liquid container 100A occurs at the timing tb of the first response period RT1. In this case, the signal output from the data terminal 210 is the same as the signal at the reset terminal 240 .
- the sub control unit 50 outputs the data terminal 210 to the high level at the first timing t1 of the cycle D8 in the first response period, the high level at the second timing t2 of the cycle D8 in the second response period, and the A high level is detected at the third timing t3 of the cycle D8.
- the data terminal 210 and the reset terminal 240 of the liquid container 100A are short-circuited, and the determination section 411 of the main control section 40 determines that there is a "short-circuit".
- FIG. 20A is a twelfth timing chart of the connection state determination process.
- the driving state of the host terminal HSDA1 of the sub-control section 50 becomes low level due to the connected pull-down resistor.
- the sub control unit 50 is low level at the first timing t1 of the cycle D8 in the first response period RT1, low level at the second timing t2 of the cycle D8 in the second response period RT2, and cycle D8 in the second response period RT2.
- a low level is detected at the third timing t3 of .
- the liquid storage container 100A is in the non-mounting completion state, and the determination unit 421 of the main control unit 40 determines that there is no container.
- FIG. 20B is a thirteenth timing chart of the connection state determination process.
- the sub control unit 50 is low level at the first timing t1 of the cycle D8 in the first response period RT1, low level at the second timing t2 of the cycle D8 in the second response period RT2, and low level at the second timing t2 of the cycle D8 in the second response period RT2.
- 3 A low level is detected at timing t3.
- the liquid storage container 100A is in the non-mounting completion state, and the determination unit 421 of the main control unit 40 determines that there is no container.
- FIG. 20C is a diagram illustrating another specific example of the connection state determination process.
- the determination unit 411 of the main control unit 40 determines that there is a "short circuit". .
- the data terminal 210 and the clock terminal 220 are short-circuited at the timing t before the first timing t1.
- the substrate 120 outputs a high-level voltage different from the first expected value at the first timing t1 to the printer 20 from the data terminal 210, and outputs a voltage different from the second expected value at the second timing t2.
- a low-level voltage is output, and at a third timing t3, a high-level voltage different from the third expected value is output.
- the determination unit 411 determines that there is a "short circuit".
- the data terminal 210 and the clock terminal 220 are short-circuited at timing t after the first timing t1 and before the second timing t2.
- the substrate 120 outputs a low level voltage that is the same as the first expected value from the data terminal 210 to the printer 20 at the first timing t1, and outputs a low level voltage that is different from the second expected value at the second timing t2. level voltage, and outputs a high-level voltage different from the third expected value at the third timing t3.
- the determination unit 411 determines that there is a "short circuit".
- the data terminal 210 and the clock terminal 220 are short-circuited at the timing t after the second timing t2 and before the third timing t3.
- the substrate 120 outputs a low-level voltage that is the same as the first expected value at the first timing t1 to the printer 20 from the data terminal 210, and outputs a high-level voltage that is the same as the second expected value at the second timing t2. level voltage, and outputs a high-level voltage different from the third expected value at the third timing t3.
- the determination unit 411 determines that there is a "short circuit".
- the short circuit between the data terminal 210 and the clock terminal 220 is eliminated at the timing t after the first timing t1 and before the second timing t2.
- the substrate 120 outputs a high-level voltage different from the first expected value at the first timing t1 to the printer 20 from the data terminal 210, and outputs a high-level voltage that is the same as the second expected value at the second timing t2. level voltage, and outputs the same low level voltage as the third expected value at the third timing t3.
- the determination unit 411 determines that there is a "short circuit".
- the short circuit between the data terminal 210 and the clock terminal 220 is eliminated at timing t after the second timing t2 and before the third timing t3.
- the substrate 120 outputs a high level voltage different from the first expected value to the printer 20 from the data terminal 210 at the first timing t1, and outputs a low level voltage different from the second expected value at the second timing t2.
- the determination unit 411 determines that there is a "short circuit".
- the substrate 120 outputs a high level voltage different from the first expected value to the printer 20 from the data terminal 210 at the first timing t1, and outputs a high level voltage that is the same as the second expected value at the second timing t2. , and outputs a high-level voltage different from the third expected value at the third timing t3.
- the determination unit 411 determines that there is a "short circuit".
- the substrate 120 outputs a low-level voltage that is the same as the first expected value at the first timing t1 to the printer 20 from the data terminal 210, and outputs a high-level voltage that is the same as the second expected value at the second timing t2. , and outputs a high-level voltage different from the third expected value at the third timing t3.
- the determination unit 411 determines that there is a "short circuit".
- the substrate 120 outputs a low-level voltage that is the same as the first expected value at the first timing t1 to the printer 20 from the data terminal 210, and outputs a high-level voltage that is the same as the second expected value at the second timing t2. , and outputs a high-level voltage different from the third expected value at the third timing t3.
- the determination unit 411 determines that there is a "short circuit".
- the short circuit between the data terminal 210 and the power supply terminal 230 was eliminated and the short circuit between the data terminal 210 and the reset terminal 240 was eliminated at the timing t after the first timing t1 and before the second timing t2. is the case.
- the substrate 120 outputs a high level voltage different from the first expected value to the printer 20 from the data terminal 210 at the first timing t1, and outputs a high level voltage that is the same as the second expected value at the second timing t2. , and at the third timing t3, the same low-level voltage as the third expected value is output.
- the determination unit 411 determines that there is a "short circuit".
- the substrate 120 outputs a high level voltage different from the first expected value to the printer 20 from the data terminal 210 at the first timing t1, and outputs a high level voltage that is the same as the second expected value at the second timing t2. , and at the third timing t3, the same low-level voltage as the third expected value is output.
- the determination unit 411 determines that there is a "short circuit".
- the device 130 when the device 130 receives the request signal RS and receives the second print instruction while the printing apparatus 20 is printing based on the first print instruction, the device 130 After printing is completed, the first response signal FS and the second response signal SS may be output to the data terminal 210 before printing based on the second print instruction is started.
- the device 130 receives the request signal RS and the printing apparatus receives an instruction to clean the print head 5, the device 130 sends the first response signal FS and the second response signal SS to the data terminal before performing cleaning. 210.
- the device 130 When the device 130 receives the request signal RS, the device 130 outputs the first response signal FS and the second response signal SS to the data terminal 210 at the replacement position where the carriage 30 can replace the liquid container 100, and further , the first response signal FS and the second response signal SS may be output to the data terminal 210 when the carriage 30 moves from the replacement position to the standby position where the liquid container 100 cannot be replaced.
- the replacement position is, for example, the position of the carriage 30 at the home position.
- the first response signal FS can also be called the first signal.
- the second response signal SS can also be called a second signal.
- the low first response voltage can also be called a first low voltage.
- the high first response voltage can also be called a first high voltage.
- the low second response voltage can also be called a second low voltage.
- the high second response voltage can also be called a second high voltage.
- a low clock voltage can also be referred to as a low voltage.
- a high clock voltage can also be referred to as a high voltage.
- a low reset voltage can also be referred to as a low voltage.
- a high reset voltage can also be referred to as a high voltage.
- FIG. 21A is a diagram illustrating a substrate as another embodiment 1.
- FIG. FIG. 21A shows a combination example of arrangement of a plurality of contact portions cp.
- the arrangement of the data contact portion cpd, the clock contact portion cpc, the power contact portion cpvd, the reset contact portion cpr, and the ground contact portion cpvs is not limited to that of the first embodiment. 1 to No. Other arrangements are possible, as shown at 24 .
- Combination no. 1 to No. In 24, the clock contact cpc, data contact cpd, power contact cpvd, and reset contact cpr are arranged in the first region Rg1, and the ground contact cpvs is arranged in the second region Rg2.
- the data contact cpd is arranged to be projected between the projected positions of any two of the power contact cpvd, the reset contact cpr and the clock contact cpc.
- the contact portions cp No. 1, 3, 8, 11, 14, 15, 20, 23 either or both of data contact cpd and reset contact cpr are projected between power contact cpvd and clock contact cpc.
- the reset contact cpr is arranged such that its projected position swr is adjacent to the projected position swvd of the power contact cpvd.
- the power contact portion cpvd is arranged so that its projected position swvd is adjacent to the projected position swd of the data contact portion cpd.
- the contact portions cp No.
- the clock contact cpc is arranged to be projected at a position furthest from the projected position swvs of the ground contact cpvs
- the data contact cpd, the power contact cpvd, and the reset contact cpr are arranged at the second They are arranged so that they are sequentially projected in the direction from the projected position swc of the clock contact cpc on the virtual line C2 toward the projected position swvs of the ground contact cpvs.
- FIG. 21B shows the No. in FIG. 21A. 2 and no. 3 shows an arrangement example shown in FIG.
- the substrate 120b is No. 1 in FIG. 2, which differs from the substrate 120 shown in FIG. 5 in that the positional relationship between the clock contact portion cpc and the reset contact portion cpr is reversed.
- the substrate 120c is No. 1 in FIG. 21A. 3, and differs from the substrate 120 shown in FIG. 5 in that the positional relationship between the power contact portion cpvd and the reset contact portion cpr is switched.
- the arrangement combination of the contact portions cp shown in FIG. 21A can be similarly applied to the arrangement combination of the data terminal 210, the clock terminal 220, the power terminal 230, the reset terminal 240, and the ground terminal 250.
- the arrangement combination of the contact portions cp shown in FIG. 21A can also be applied to the arrangement combination of the device-side terminals 490 .
- the ground contact portion cpvs is arranged in the second region Rg2, but contact portions other than the ground contact portion cpvs may be arranged in the second region Rg2.
- the data contact cpd, the power contact cpvd, the reset contact cpr and the ground contact cpvs may be arranged in the first region Rg1 and the clock contact cpc may be arranged in the second region Rg2.
- the data contact cpd, the clock contact cpc, the power contact cpvd and the ground contact cpvs may be arranged in the first region Rg1 and the reset contact cpr may be arranged in the second region Rg2.
- the data contact cpd, the clock contact cpc, the reset contact cpr and the ground contact cpvs may be arranged in the first region Rg1 and the power contact cpvd may be arranged in the second region Rg2.
- the clock contact cpc, the power contact cpvd, the reset contact cpr and the ground contact cpvs may be arranged in the first region Rg1 and the data contact cpd may be arranged in the second region Rg2.
- the arrangement relationship between the contact portion cp arranged in the first region Rg1 and the contact portion cp arranged in the second region Rg2 is the same as in the first embodiment.
- FIG. 22 is a diagram showing two patterns of a substrate 120d and a substrate 120e as another embodiment 2.
- FIG. The arrangement of the ground contact portion 250 is not limited to that of the first embodiment, and other arrangements may be used.
- Substrate 120d differs from substrate 120 shown in FIG. 5 in the placement of ground contacts cpvs.
- the ground contacts cpvs of substrate 120d are arranged to form a second row R2. If substrate 120d is used, connection mechanism 400 shown in FIGS.
- the number of ground contact portions cpvs is not limited to that of the first embodiment, and may be two or more.
- Substrate 120e differs from substrate 120 shown in FIG. 5 in the number of ground contacts cpvs.
- the substrate 120e has two ground terminals 250a, 250b, each including a ground contact cpvs.
- the connection mechanism 400 shown in FIGS. 7A and 7B has two device-side terminals corresponding to the two ground terminals 250a and 250b.
- the arrangement of data contacts cpd, clock contacts cpc, power contacts cpvd, and reset contacts cpr on substrate 120e is the same as substrate 120 shown in FIG.
- the ground contact portion cpvs of the ground terminal 250a and the ground contact portion cpvs of the ground terminal 250b are arranged at different positions in the direction along the first imaginary line C1.
- the ground contacts cpvs of one ground terminal 250a are arranged to form a second row R2.
- the ground contacts cpvs of the other ground terminal 250b are arranged to form a first row R1.
- FIG. 23 is a diagram showing two patterns of a substrate 120f and a substrate 120g as another embodiment 3.
- FIG. The size of the ground terminal 250 is not limited to that of the first embodiment, and may be other sizes.
- Ground terminal 250c of substrate 120f and ground terminal 250d of substrate 120g are larger than ground terminal 250 shown in FIG.
- the ground terminal 250c is formed across the first row R1 and the second row R2.
- the ground terminal 250c is arranged across the central portion CMP of the substrate 120f in the direction along the first imaginary line C1.
- a ground terminal 250d of the substrate 120g is further formed over the first region Rg1 and the second region Rg2.
- the ground terminal 250d is arranged across the first virtual line C1.
- FIG. 24 is a diagram showing two patterns of substrates 120ab and 120ac as another embodiment 4.
- FIG. FIG. 25 is a diagram showing two patterns of substrates 120ad and 120ae as another embodiment 4.
- the shape of the terminals 210 to 250 is not limited to that of the first embodiment, and may be other shapes. As shown in FIG. 24, the terminals 210 to 250 of the substrate 120ab are formed across the first row R1 and the second row R2, and have an elongated shape along the first imaginary line C1. Terminals 210 to 250 of substrate 120ac have, in addition to rectangular portions like terminals 210 to 250 of substrate 120, elongated portions along first imaginary line C1.
- the data terminal 210 of the substrate 120ad has portions bent in directions along the first virtual line C1 and the second virtual line C2.
- the data terminal 210 of the substrate 120ae has a portion bent in the direction along the first virtual line C1 and the second virtual line C2 so as to surround part of the power terminal 230.
- FIG. Even in this way, the positional relationship between the contact portions cp of the terminals 210 to 250 is the same as the positional relationship between the contact portions cp shown in FIG. 5 of the first embodiment.
- FIG. 26 is a diagram illustrating a substrate 120Td as another embodiment 5.
- FIG. The upper diagram in FIG. 26 shows the substrate 120Td.
- the lower diagram in FIG. 26 schematically shows the connection mechanism 400Td corresponding to the substrate 120Td.
- the plurality of contact portions cp are arranged to form two rows, but the present invention is not limited to this.
- the contacts are arranged to form three rows. Data contacts cpd and ground contacts cpvs form a third column.
- the projection position onto the second virtual line C2 does not change.
- the clock contact portion cpc, the power contact portion cpvd, and the reset contact portion cpr of the substrate 120Td are located in the +Z direction, which is on the gravity direction side of the data contact portion cpd. placed on the side.
- At least one of the clock contact cpc, the power contact cpvd, and the reset contact cpr has a data contact cpd when the contact cp is projected onto the second imaginary line C2.
- the contact portions cp other than the data contact portion cpd and the ground contact portion cpvs are also the same as the data contact portion cpd and the ground contact portion cpvs of the present embodiment, and the contact portion in the first embodiment in the direction along the first virtual line C1. It may be arranged at a position different from cp.
- the contact portions cp of the device-side terminals 490 have the same positional relationship as described above.
- the device-side clock contact portion dcpc, the device-side power contact portion dcpvd, and the device-side reset contact portion dcpr are located on the gravity direction side of the device-side data contact portion dcpd. is arranged on the +Z direction side. At least one contact portion dcpc, dcpvd, and dcpr among the device-side clock contact portion dcpc, the device-side power contact portion dcpvd, and the device-side reset contact portion dcpr is projected onto the second imaginary line C2. are arranged so as to be projected between the projected position swd of the device-side data contact portion dcpd and the projected position swvs of the device-side ground contact portion dcpvs.
- FIG. 27 is a diagram showing two patterns of substrates 120U and 120V as another embodiment 6 of the substrate.
- the form of the base material 120bd of the substrate 120 is not limited to that of the first embodiment.
- the substrate 120U is commonly used for the four liquid containers 100A-100D. In this case, the four liquid storage containers 100A-100D may be integrally formed.
- the substrate 120U includes a first substrate area 120UA, a second substrate area 120UB, a third substrate area 120UC, and a fourth substrate area 120UD.
- the first substrate area 120UA is an area used for the liquid container 100A and in which the terminals 290 are arranged.
- the second substrate area 120UB is an area where the terminals 290 used for the liquid container 100B are arranged.
- the third substrate area 120UC is an area where terminals 290 used for the liquid container 100C are arranged.
- the fourth substrate area 120UD is an area where terminals 290 used for the liquid container 100D are arranged.
- the first substrate area 120UA to the fourth substrate area 120UD may be regarded as independent substrates.
- Four devices 130A to 130D used for the four liquid containers 100A to 100D are provided on the back surface 120fb of the substrate 120U.
- the terminals 290 of the substrate regions 120UA-120UD are connected to the corresponding devices 130A-130D via wiring pattern layers (not shown) and through holes arranged in the substrate 120U.
- a power supply voltage VDD is supplied to each of the devices 130A to 130D via a common power supply terminal 230.
- the common power terminal 230 is provided at the terminal 290 of the first substrate area 120UA. Therefore, in the substrate 120U, the power terminals 230 are not provided at the terminals 290 of the second substrate region 120UB to the fourth substrate region 120UD. As described above, some of terminals 290 may be used in common for multiple devices 130A-130D.
- the base material 120bd of the substrate 120 is composed of a single member, but it is not limited to this and may be composed of a plurality of base materials.
- device 130 and terminals 290 are located on separate substrates 124a, 124b rather than on a single substrate.
- the substrate 120V has a first base material 124a and a second base material 124b.
- the first base material 124a and the second base material 124b are electrically connected by a conductive line EL or the like.
- the materials of the first base material 124a and the second base material 124b are different.
- the first base material 124a is, for example, a rigid base material
- the second base material 124b is a sheet-like base material.
- the device 130 is molded with a resin 139 on the front surface 120faa of the first base material 124a.
- a terminal 290 is arranged on the front surface 120fab of the second base material 124b.
- FIG. 28 is a diagram showing a substrate 120X of another embodiment 7 regarding the substrate.
- terminals 290 there are five types of terminals 290: data terminal 210, clock terminal 220, power supply terminal 230, reset terminal 240, and ground terminal 250. It may be less than 5 types.
- substrate 120X has data terminals 210, clock terminals 220, power terminals 230, and ground terminals 250.
- FIG. The substrate 120X does not have the reset terminal 240.
- the reset signal RST is generated using the clock signal SCK in the processing section 136 of the device 130, for example.
- the power terminal 230 may not be provided on the substrate 120X.
- the power supply voltage VDD is generated using the clock signal SCK in the processing unit 136 of the device 130, for example.
- the power supply terminal 230 may be provided on the substrate 120X and the reset terminal 240 may not be provided.
- the terminal 290 of the first embodiment does not have to include at least one of the reset terminal 240 and the power terminal 230 .
- the terminals 290 other than the ground terminal 250 are called "other terminal group".
- the ground terminal 250 can also be called a first terminal.
- Data terminal 210 can also be referred to as a second terminal.
- Clock terminal 220 can also be referred to as a third terminal.
- the ground contact cpvs can also be called the first contact.
- the data contact cpd can also be called a second contact.
- the clock contact cpc can also be called the third contact.
- Alternative Substrate Embodiment 8 In the embodiment of the present disclosure, the arrangement of the terminals 290 and the contact portions cp may be interchanged across the first imaginary line C1. The terminals forming the first row and the terminals forming the second row may be interchanged.
- the liquid storage container of the present disclosure is not limited to the liquid storage container 100 shown in FIG. 3, and may have other configurations. Other embodiments of the liquid storage container 100 will be described below. The same reference numerals are given to the same configurations of the liquid storage container 100 of the first embodiment shown in FIGS. 3 and 4 and the other embodiments of the liquid storage container, and description thereof will be omitted as appropriate. Note that the configuration of the printing apparatus 20, such as the storage section 4 shown in FIG. 4, is changed in accordance with the configuration of the liquid storage container.
- FIG. 29 is a perspective view showing a liquid storage container 100p as another embodiment 1 of the liquid storage container.
- the liquid container 100 p includes a liquid container 101 , a liquid supply section 104 having a liquid supply port 104 op, and a substrate 120 .
- the liquid container 101 forms an ink chamber 150 that contains ink therein.
- the liquid supply part 104 is formed on the bottom wall 101wb and communicates with the ink chamber 150 .
- the substrate 120 is provided at a corner portion 89 where the third wall 101wb and the second wall 101wr of the liquid container 101 intersect.
- the liquid storage container 100p engages the protruding second container engaging portion 320 of the first wall 101wf with the concave portion of the storage portion 4, and then moves the liquid storage container 100p with the second container engaging portion 320 as a fulcrum. is rotated in the rotational mounting direction RD to be mounted in the housing portion 4 .
- the projecting first container engaging portion 310 of the second wall 101wr engages with the lever of the housing portion 4 .
- the mounting direction MD includes +Z direction and -Y direction components
- the first direction FD includes both positive and negative Z direction components and both positive and negative Y direction components.
- FIG. 30 is a perspective view showing a liquid container 100q as another embodiment 2 of the liquid container.
- FIG. 31 is an enlarged view around the substrate 120 of the liquid container 100q.
- the liquid container 100q includes a liquid container 101, a liquid supply section 104 having a liquid supply port 104op, and a substrate 120.
- a liquid containing bag (not shown) containing ink is arranged inside the liquid container 101 .
- the liquid containing bag is flexible and functions as the ink chamber 150 .
- the liquid supply part 104 is provided in the liquid storage bag and arranged in the opening 424 formed in the front wall 101wf of the liquid storage body 101 .
- the substrate 120 is provided at a corner portion 89a where the second wall 101wr and the fourth wall 101wu of the liquid container 101 intersect.
- the corner portion 89a is a concave portion recessed inward of the liquid container 101.
- the mounting direction MD is the -Y direction
- the first direction FD includes both positive and negative components in the Y direction and both positive and negative components in the Z direction.
- FIG. 32 is a perspective view showing a liquid container 100r as another embodiment 3 of the liquid container.
- the -Y direction of the liquid storage container 100r is the mounting direction MD.
- the liquid container 100 r includes a liquid container 101 , a liquid supply section 104 having a liquid supply port 104 op, and a substrate 120 .
- a liquid containing bag (not shown) containing ink is arranged inside the liquid container 101 .
- This liquid containing bag has flexibility and functions as the ink chamber 150 .
- the liquid supply part 104 is provided in the liquid containing bag and arranged in the opening 424 formed in the second wall 101wr of the liquid container 101 .
- the substrate 120 is provided at a corner portion 89a where the second wall 101wr and the fourth wall 101wu of the liquid container 101 intersect.
- the corner portion 89a is a concave portion recessed inward of the liquid container 101.
- a groove-shaped container-side engagement structure 425 is formed on the third wall 101wb of the liquid container 101 .
- the container-side engaging structure 425 engages with the protruded device-side engaging structure of the housing portion 4 in the state where the liquid container 100r is completely attached, so that the liquid container 100 is removed in the +Y direction. regulate movement.
- the mounting direction MD is the -Y direction
- the first direction FD includes both positive and negative components in the Y direction and both positive and negative components in the Z direction.
- FIG. 33 is a perspective view showing a liquid container 100s as another embodiment 4 of the liquid container.
- the liquid storage container 100 s is detachably housed in a case 61 provided in the printing apparatus 20 so that it can be drawn out, and then attached to the printing apparatus 20 together with the case 61 .
- the liquid storage container 100s has a liquid storage bag 111 and a connection member 112 attached to one end of the liquid storage bag 111 on the -Y direction side.
- the liquid containing bag 111 and the connection member 112 function as a liquid container.
- the liquid containing bag 111 has flexibility.
- a liquid supply portion 104 having a liquid supply port 104op is provided on the ⁇ Y direction side of the liquid containing bag 111 functioning as the ink chamber 150 .
- the liquid supply part 104 is arranged in an opening 424 formed in the second wall 101wr of the connecting member 112 .
- the substrate 120 is arranged in a corner portion 89a which is a concave portion formed in the second wall 101wr of the connecting member 112 .
- the mounting direction MD is the -Y direction
- the first direction FD includes both positive and negative components in the Y direction and both positive and negative components in the Z direction.
- FIG. 34 is a perspective view showing a liquid container 100w as another embodiment 5 of the liquid container.
- the substrate 120 is arranged on the fourth wall 101wu, which is a horizontal surface, in the completely mounted state.
- the fourth wall 101wu constitutes an upper wall in the fully installed state.
- the liquid container 100w includes a liquid container 101 and a liquid supply portion 104 having a liquid supply port 104op.
- a flexible liquid containing bag (not shown) for containing ink is arranged inside the liquid container 101 . This liquid containing bag functions as the ink chamber 150 .
- the liquid supply part 104 is provided in the liquid containing bag and arranged in the opening 424 formed in the second wall 101wr of the liquid container 101 .
- the mounting direction MD is the -Y direction
- the first direction FD is both positive and negative of the Y direction.
- FIG. 35 is a perspective view showing a liquid container 100x as another embodiment 6 of the liquid container.
- the substrate 120 is arranged on the fifth wall 101wsa, which is a vertical surface, in the completely mounted state.
- the fifth wall 101wsa constitutes a side wall in the completed mounting state.
- the liquid container 100x includes a liquid container 101 and a liquid supply section 104 having a liquid supply port 104op.
- a flexible liquid containing bag (not shown) for containing ink is arranged inside the liquid container 101. This liquid containing bag functions as the ink chamber 150 .
- the liquid supply part 104 is provided in the liquid containing bag and arranged in the opening 424 formed in the second wall 101wr of the liquid container 101 .
- the mounting direction MD is the -Y direction
- the first direction FD is both positive and negative of the Y direction.
- FIG. 36 is a diagram showing a liquid container 100y as another embodiment 7 of the liquid container.
- the liquid container 100 of the first embodiment has the liquid container 101 and the substrate 120 integrally formed, but the present invention is not limited to this.
- the liquid container 100y has a liquid container 101ya forming the ink chamber 150 and an adapter 101yb to which the substrate 120 is attached.
- the liquid supply part 104 is formed in the liquid container 101ya.
- the liquid container 101ya is removably accommodated in the concave adapter 101yb.
- the adapter 101yb functions as a case that accommodates the liquid container 101ya.
- An opening 134 through which the liquid supply portion 104 is inserted is formed in the third wall 101wb of the adapter 101yb.
- the liquid container 101ya may be fixed to the adapter 101yb using a fixing member (not shown). The liquid container 101ya does not have to be fixed to the adapter 101yb.
- FIG. 37 is a diagram showing liquid containers 100g and 100h as another embodiment 8 of the liquid container.
- the liquid storage container 100 of the first embodiment has a plurality of terminals 290 and devices 130 arranged on the base material 120bd, but the present invention is not limited to this.
- the plurality of terminals 290 and the device 130 are arranged directly on the second wall 101wr of the liquid container 101 without interposing the base material 120bd.
- the plurality of terminals 290 and the device 130 are electrically connected by a wiring pattern (not shown) or the like. In this manner, the liquid container 101, the plurality of terminals 290, and the device 130 may be integrally configured as the liquid container 100g.
- the plurality of terminals 290 are arranged directly on the second wall 101wr of the liquid container 101 without interposing the base material 120bd.
- the device 130 is arranged on the mounting base material 120h, and is arranged on the second wall 101wr of the liquid container 101 via the mounting base material 120h.
- the plurality of terminals 290 and the device 130 are electrically connected by a wiring pattern (not shown) or the like. In this way, the liquid container 101 and the plurality of terminals 290 may be configured integrally as the liquid container 100h, and the device 130 may be configured separately.
- FIG. 38 is a perspective view showing a liquid container 100z as another embodiment 9 of the liquid container.
- FIG. 39 is an enlarged view around the substrate 120 of the liquid container 100z.
- the XYZ axes shown in the drawings of the ninth embodiment are based on the state when the liquid storage container 100z is completely inserted into the storage section of the printing apparatus, which will be described later.
- the first direction FD has a Y direction component and a Z direction component
- the second direction SD is the X direction. As shown in FIG.
- the liquid container 100z includes a liquid container 101z, a liquid supply section 104 having a liquid supply port 104op, and a substrate 120.
- the liquid container 101z has a container body 101za capable of containing liquid, and a cover member 101zb attached to the container body 101za.
- the liquid supply part 104 is arranged in an opening 424 formed in the third wall 101wb of the liquid container 101z formed by the cover member 101zb.
- the substrate 120 is provided at a corner portion 89z where the second wall 101wr and the third wall 101wb of the liquid container 101z intersect.
- the corner portion 89z is a recess recessed inward of the liquid container 101z.
- the substrate 120 is oriented differently from that in FIG. 5, and the data terminal 210 and reset terminal 240 are located on the -Z direction side of the clock terminal 220, power supply terminal 230, and ground terminal 250. As shown in FIG. 39, the substrate 120 is oriented differently from that in FIG. 5, and the data terminal 210 and reset terminal 240 are located on the -Z direction side of the clock terminal 220, power supply terminal 230, and ground terminal 250. As shown in FIG. 39, the substrate 120 is oriented differently from that in FIG. 5, and the data terminal 210 and reset terminal 240 are located on the -Z direction side of the clock terminal 220, power supply terminal 230, and ground terminal 250. As shown in FIG.
- FIG. 40 is the first diagram for explaining the process of attaching the liquid storage container 100z to the storage section 4z of the printing apparatus.
- FIG. 41 is a second diagram illustrating the process of mounting the liquid storage container 100z to the storage section 4z of the printing apparatus.
- FIG. 42 is a diagram showing a state in which the liquid storage container 100z has been completely attached.
- the accommodation section 4z is arranged at a location different from the print head (not shown).
- the containing portion 4z and the print head are communicated with each other through a liquid flow pipe (not shown).
- the liquid in the liquid storage container 100z attached to the storage portion 4z is supplied to the print head through the liquid circulation pipe.
- the liquid storage container 100z is moved in the first mounting direction MD1, which is the horizontal direction, so that the liquid storage container 100z can be moved through the attachment/detachment opening 474 of the storage portion 4z. It is inserted into the mounting chamber 65 of the housing portion 4z.
- the first mounting direction MD1 is the -Y direction.
- the liquid storage container 100z is pushed forward in the first mounting direction MD1, and the contact between the device-side terminals 490 of the connection mechanism 400 of the storage section 4z and the terminals 290 of the substrate 120 is completed.
- the liquid storage container 100z rotates in the second mounting direction MD2 having a gravity direction component about the rotation fulcrum Rp provided in the storage portion 4z.
- the second mounting direction MD2 has +Z direction and +Y direction components.
- the liquid supply portion 104 of the liquid storage container 100z and the liquid introduction portion 6 of the storage portion 4z are connected.
- one of the first mounting direction MD1 and the second mounting direction MD2 is the mounting direction MD.
- liquid storage container 100 is an ink cartridge in the above-described first embodiment and other embodiments, it is not limited to this.
- the liquid storage container 100 may be, for example, a waste liquid storage container.
- the waste liquid storage container is, for example, a container that stores waste liquid ejected from the nozzles of the print head 5 when the printing apparatus 20 cleans the print head 5 .
- FIG. 43 is a diagram showing a printing system 1000A as another embodiment 1 of the printing system.
- a configuration called on-carriage in which the liquid container 100 is mounted on the carriage 30 is used, but the configuration is not limited to this.
- a configuration called an off-carriage in which the liquid container 100 is mounted at a location other than the carriage 30 may be employed.
- the printing system 1000A is an off-carriage type printing system and includes a printing device 20A and a liquid container 100T.
- the printing device 20A has a carriage 30 with a print head 5 .
- the liquid storage container 100T is detachably attached to a container attachment portion 600 arranged at a location different from the carriage 30 .
- the liquid container 100T also includes a liquid container, a liquid container having an ink supply port, and a substrate.
- liquid containers 100q to 100x shown in FIGS. 30 to 35 are attached to the printing apparatus 20A.
- the printing device 20 ⁇ /b>A like the printing device 20 , executes connection state determination processing.
- FIG. 44 is a diagram showing a printing system 1000C as another embodiment 2 of the printing system.
- the container 4 to which the liquid container 100 is detachably mounted is arranged inside the main body of the printer 20.
- the position of the container 4 is It is not limited.
- the storage section 4C of the printing device 20C is arranged outside the main body 201 of the printing device 20C.
- the storage section 4C includes a liquid introduction section 6, a connection mechanism 400, and a sub-control board 500, as shown in FIGS. 7A and 7C.
- the liquid introduction part 6 and the print head 5 arranged in the main body 201 are in communication with each other through a flexible liquid flow tube 105 .
- a plurality of liquid flow pipes 105 are provided according to the number of liquid introduction portions 6 .
- a plurality of liquid flow tubes 105 are housed within one protection tube 106 .
- the printing apparatus 20C also has a bus 107 that connects the sub-control board 500 and the main control unit 40 (not shown) located in the main body 201 to transmit and receive various signals.
- the liquid storage container 100 shown in FIG. 44 also includes a liquid storage body, a liquid supply section having a liquid supply port, and a substrate.
- the printer 20 ⁇ /b>C like the printer 20 , executes connection state determination processing.
- FIG. 45 is a diagram showing a printing system 1000D as another embodiment 3 of the printing system.
- the printing system 1000D includes four liquid containers 100A, 100B, 100C, and 100D and the printing apparatus 20 shown in FIG. 1, as in the first embodiment.
- the liquid storage containers 100A to 100D may be integrally formed or individually formed.
- the liquid containers 100A-100D are replenished with liquid via an external liquid reservoir 814 and a liquid flow tube 812 located outside the printing system 1000D.
- elements corresponding to the respective liquid containers 100A to 100D are suffixed with "A" to "D".
- FIG. 46 is a diagram showing a printing system 1000E as another embodiment 4 of the printing system.
- the printing system 1000E includes an adapter 101E having a substrate 120, a liquid container 824 capable of containing liquid, a liquid flow pipe 822, and the printing apparatus 20 shown in FIG.
- the adapter 101E can be detachably attached to the accommodating portion 4.
- the liquid circulation pipe 822 connects the liquid containing body 824 and the liquid introduction section 6 and functions as a liquid supply section.
- a portion of the liquid flow pipe 822 connected to the liquid introduction portion 6 functions as a liquid supply port.
- Four adapters 101E, four liquid flow tubes 822, and four liquid containers 824 are provided.
- the “attachment complete state” refers to a state in which the adapter 101E having the substrate 120 is attached to the printing apparatus 20 and no short circuit occurs between the terminals 290.
- FIG. In this embodiment, "the substrate 120 is attached to the printing apparatus 20” means that the substrate 120 is physically attached to the printing apparatus 20 and the contact portions cp of the terminals 290 are electrically connected to the apparatus-side terminals 490. It means that Data terminals 210 on substrate 120 are used to detect whether substrate 120 is attached to printing device 20 .
- the mounting determination unit 412 of the printing apparatus 20 determines whether or not the board 120 is mounted.
- the first response signal RT1 and the second response signal RT2 are signals used by the printing device 20 to determine that the board 120 is attached to the printing device 20 .
- FIG. 47A is a first timing chart for printing system 1000 with six liquid containers 100A-100F.
- FIG. 47A is a first timing chart for printing system 1000 with six liquid containers 100A-100F.
- 47B is a second timing chart for printing system 1000 with six liquid containers 100A-100F.
- 47A is a diagram corresponding to FIG. 11A
- FIG. 47B is a diagram corresponding to FIG. 11B.
- VDD, RST, SCK, SDA1-SDA6, shown in FIGS. 47A and 47B, carry signals sent and received or voltages supplied via corresponding terminals 290 by corresponding lines LVDD, LRST, LSCK, and LSDA1-LSDA6. means.
- the request signal RS shown in FIG. 47A differs from the request signal RS shown in FIG. 11A in that the bits of cycles D4 and D3 of the command period CMT shown in FIG. , which is assigned to designate the liquid storage container 100F.
- the second bit of the first identification data DB1 becomes high level and the remaining bits become low level.
- the request signal RS transmitted via the data line LSDA6 connected to the device 130F of the liquid container 100F the first bit of the first identification data DB1 becomes high level and the remaining bits become low level.
- the difference between the timing chart shown in FIG. 47B and the timing chart shown in FIG. 11B is that the waveforms of the first response signal FS and the second response signal SS corresponding to the liquid containers 100E and 100F are added.
- the device 130E of the liquid container 100E outputs the first response signal FS to the data terminal 210 in the cycle D4 of the first response period RT1, and outputs the second response signal SS to the data terminal 210 in the cycle D4 of the second response period RT2. Output.
- the device 130F of the liquid container 100F outputs the first response signal FS to the data terminal 210 in the cycle D3 of the first response period RT1, and outputs the second response signal SS to the data terminal 210 in the cycle D3 of the second response period RT2. Output.
- FIG. 48 is a diagram schematically showing the electrical configuration of a printing system 1000 that includes six liquid containers 100A-100F.
- the same reference numerals are assigned to the same electrical configurations as those shown in FIG. 8, and the description thereof will be omitted as appropriate.
- the electrical configuration shown in FIG. 48 differs from the electrical configuration shown in FIG. 8 in that in FIG. 48, lines LRST, LSCK, and LVDD other than the data line LSDA are commonly used for a plurality of devices 130.
- the ground line LVSS is commonly used for the devices 130A-130F of the six liquid containers 100A-100F.
- the power line LVDD2 electrically connected to the host terminal HVDD2 of the sub-controller 50 is electrically connected to the two devices 130B and 130E in the mounting complete state.
- the reset line LRST2 electrically connected to the host terminal HRST2 of the sub-controller 50 is electrically connected to the two devices 130B and 130C in the mounting complete state.
- the clock line LSCK2 electrically connected to the host terminal HSCK2 of the sub-controller 50 is electrically connected to the two devices 130B and 130D in the mounting complete state.
- the power supply line LVDD4 electrically connected to the host terminal HVDD4 of the sub-controller 50 is electrically connected to the two devices 130C and 130D in the mounting complete state.
- the reset line LRST4 electrically connected to the host terminal HRST4 of the sub-controller 50 is electrically connected to the two devices 130D and 130E in the mounting complete state.
- the clock line LSCK4 electrically connected to the host terminal HSCK4 of the sub-controller 50 is electrically connected to the two devices 130C and 130E in the mounting complete state.
- Lines LSDA1, LVDD1, LRST1 and LSCK1 electrically connected to device 130A and lines LSDA6, LVDD6, LRST6 and LSCK6 electrically connected to device 130F are not used together with other devices 130. Used independently.
- a part of the electrical configuration of the printing system 1000 shown in FIG. 48 may be applied to the printing system 1000 shown in FIG. 1 that includes four liquid containers 100A to 100D.
- the liquid containers 100B to 100E shown in FIG. 48 may be used in place of the liquid containers 100A to 100D of the printing system 1000 shown in FIG.
- the liquid containers 100A, 100B, 100E, and 100F shown in FIG. 48 may be used in place of the liquid containers 100A to 100D of the printing system 1000 shown in FIG.
- FIG. 49 is a diagram showing devices 130a and 130b as another embodiment 1 of the device 130.
- FIG. Device 130 a includes processing unit 136 but does not include storage unit 138 .
- Storage unit 138 and device 130 may be separate entities.
- the storage unit 138 is electrically connected to the processing unit 136 of the device 130b.
- the device 130 b includes a first processing section 136 a , a second processing section 136 b and a storage section 138 .
- the first processing section 136 a is connected to the storage section 138 .
- the second processing section 136b is connected to the first processing section 136a and terminals 210-250.
- the first processing section 136a and the second processing section 136b function as a processing section as a whole.
- the device 130b may have multiple processing units 136a, 136b.
- the first response signal FS is output during the entire period in which the clock signal SCK is at the high level, but the present invention is not limited to this.
- the device 130 may output the first response signal FS to the data terminal 210 during part of the period in which the clock signal SCK is at high level.
- the device 130 may set the drive state of the data terminal 210 to high impedance after outputting the first response signal FS while the clock signal SCK is at high level.
- the device 130 may output the first response signal FS including a low level during a period when the clock signal SCK is at a low level and during a period when the clock signal is at a high level. good.
- the frequency of the clock signal SCK is constant as shown in FIGS. 11A and 11B in the connection state determination process, but it may not be constant.
- the frequency of the clock signal SCK in the second response period RT2 may be set lower than the frequency of the clock signal SCK in the first response period RT1.
- the second response signal SS contains different voltages.
- the frequency of the clock signal SCK may be set lower than in the first response period RT1, and the second response signal SS may be output longer than the first response signal FS.
- Another embodiment 4 for the device In the first embodiment described above, the processing unit 136 of the device 130 repeats the first response period RT1 and the second response period RT2 in this order while the reset signal RST is at high level, so that the first response signal FS and the second response signal SS may be repeatedly output. After outputting the low-level voltage of the second response signal SS to the data terminal 210, the processing unit 136 of the device 130 outputs the first response signal FS and the second response signal FS when the request signal RS is input to the data terminal 210 again. A response signal SS may be output to the data terminal 210 .
- Another embodiment 5 for the device In the first embodiment, as shown in FIG. 11B, the rise and fall of the clock signal SCK, the signal such as the first response signal FS in the first response period RT1, and the second response signal in the second response period RT2
- the rise and fall of signals such as SS are at the same timing, the present invention is not limited to this.
- the timing of the rise and fall of a signal such as the first response signal FS in the first response period RT1 and the signal such as the second response signal SS in the second response period RT2 are the same as the rise and fall of the clock signal SCK. It may be behind the timing.
- the processing units 136A to 136D of the devices 130A to 130D output the first response signal FS and the second response signal SS to the data terminal 210 in different cycles of the clock signal SCK.
- the processing units 136A-136D of the devices 130A-130D may output the first response signal FS and the second response signal SS in the same period of the clock signal SCK.
- the printing apparatus 20 transmits and receives signals via the individual data lines LSDA1-LSDA4 electrically connected to the devices 130A-130D.
- the sub control of the printing apparatus 20 can detect the voltage output from the data terminal 210 at each of the first timing t1 to the third timing t3.
- the request signal RS is set to high level in the corresponding bit of the command period CMT.
- the processing units 136A to 136D of the devices 130A to 130D transmit the first response signal FS and the second response signal SS to the data terminals in all cycles D3 to D8 of the first response period RT1 and the second response period RT2.
- 210 may be output.
- the first timing t1 may be provided in all of the cycles D3 to D8 of the first response period RT1.
- the second timing t2 and the third timing t3 may be provided in all of the cycles D3 to D8 of the second response period RT2.
- the processing units 136A to 136D of the devices 130A to 130D output the first response signal FS and the second response signal SS to the data terminal 210 in cycles D8 to D5 of the first response period.
- the processing units 136A-136D of the devices 130A-130D may output the first response signal FS and the second response signal SS to the data terminal 210 in cycles D5-D8 of the first response period.
- the request signal RS is set to high level in the corresponding bit of the command period CMT.
- the device 130 receives the request signal RS at the data terminal 210 and outputs the first response signal FS and the second response signal SS to the data terminal 210.
- the request signal RS may be a terminal other than the data terminal 210 .
- the terminals that output the first response signal FS and the second response signal SS may be terminals other than the data terminal 210 . In that case, the device 130 and its terminals are connected.
- a print head a liquid introduction section that introduces liquid to the print head, a storage section that is provided with the liquid introduction section and stores a liquid storage container, and the storage section a plurality of device-side terminals provided in a substrate mounted on a printing device and configured to make contact with the plurality of device-side terminals.
- the substrate includes a base material, a device provided on the base material, and a plurality of terminals provided on the base material, the plurality of terminals comprising at least a first terminal and a second terminal. , a third terminal, a fourth terminal, and a fifth terminal, wherein the first terminal is connected to the device and contacts a corresponding first device-side terminal of the plurality of device-side terminals.
- the second terminal includes a second contact portion to be connected to the device and to contact a corresponding second device-side terminal of the plurality of device-side terminals;
- the terminal is connected to the device and includes a third contact portion to be in contact with a corresponding third device-side terminal of the plurality of device-side terminals, the fourth terminal is connected to the device and the plurality of a fourth contact portion to be in contact with a corresponding fourth device-side terminal of the plurality of device-side terminals, the fifth terminal being connected to the device, and corresponding fifth device-side terminals of the plurality of device-side terminals;
- a fifth contact portion to be in contact with a device-side terminal is included, and the first terminal is short-circuited with at least one of the second terminal, the third terminal, and the fourth terminal.
- first virtual line and second virtual line two straight lines perpendicular to each other are defined as a first virtual line and a second virtual line
- all contact portions of all terminals provided on the base material are defined as the second virtual line.
- the first virtual line passes through the middle of the two furthest projection positions among the projection positions of all of the contact portions.
- the imaginary line when one region is the first region and the other region is the second region, some of the contact portions are arranged in the first region, and the remaining contact portions are arranged in the first region.
- the partial contact portions include the first contact portion, the second contact portion, the third contact portion, and the fourth contact portion, and the remaining contact portion includes the fifth contact portion, and the partial contact portion and the remaining contact portion are arranged asymmetrically about the first imaginary line.
- Foreign matter tends to collect in the contact area of the terminal.
- a foreign object may be caught between the device-side terminal and the terminal.
- the terminals of the substrate are arranged on a surface including a component in the direction of gravity
- the foreign matter may be trapped in the contact portion of the terminal and stay there. be.
- the foreign matter is liquid
- the liquid tends to gather at the contact portion of the terminal due to capillary force. Therefore, by defining the arrangement of the contact portions of the terminals instead of the arrangement of the terminals, the possibility of short circuit occurrence can be suppressed regardless of the area and shape of the terminals.
- the first contact portion, the second contact portion, the third contact portion, and the fourth contact portion are arranged in the first region, and the second contact portion, which is intended to suppress a short circuit with other contact portions, is arranged in the second region.
- 5 contacts are arranged.
- Foreign matter tends to gather near the contact portion, but since a distance is secured between the fifth contact portion and the other contact portions, the fifth contact portion and the other contact portions are arranged at a short distance. Foreign matter collected at the fifth contact portion is less likely to reach the contact portions of other terminals than in the case where the foreign matter is present. In addition, the foreign matter collected on the first to fourth contact portions is less likely to reach the contact portion of the fifth terminal. This is the same regardless of the area and shape of the terminals. Examples of foreign matter include conductive liquids such as ink and pet urine, and conductive solids such as wires, staple leads, and mechanical pencil leads. Regardless of the degree of possibility that these foreign substances actually occur, there is a possibility that a short circuit due to foreign substances will occur as long as the possibility is not zero. In this embodiment, that possibility can be suppressed.
- the contact portion to be released is the fifth contact portion
- the first to fourth contact portions are arranged in the first region, which is one region with respect to the first imaginary line
- the second contact portion is arranged in the second region, which is the other region with respect to the first imaginary line. 5 Place the contact. That is, the contact portion of the first region and the contact portion of the second region are arranged on the base material so as to be asymmetrical about the first imaginary line.
- all the contact parts are arranged so as to be projected at different positions in the direction along the second imaginary line.
- the direction of the first imaginary line includes the mounting direction
- the foreign substance is dragged by the device-side terminals during the process of mounting the liquid container on the printing device, causing a short circuit between the terminals.
- the possibility of short circuit occurrence can be suppressed. Focusing on the first contact portion, no contact portion other than the first contact portion is positioned on the straight line along the first imaginary line passing through the first contact portion.
- contact portions other than the first contact portion are positioned in the direction along the second virtual line. This positional relationship is the same for contact portions other than the first contact portion. Therefore, the probability that a short circuit will occur in a direction including the direction along the second virtual line is higher than the probability that a short circuit will occur in the direction along the first virtual line.
- the possibility of short circuit occurrence can be suppressed.
- the distance between the contact portions is secured in the direction along the second virtual line on the base material. Therefore, the possibility of occurrence of a short circuit between terminals can be suppressed.
- At least one contact may be arranged to be projected.
- at least one of the second contact portion, the third contact portion, and the fourth contact portion is present between the projected position of the first contact portion and the projected position of the fifth contact portion.
- any two or more contact portions may be arranged to be projected.
- the first contact portion and the fifth contact portion there is a constant interval between them in the direction along the second imaginary line.
- the first contact portion and the fifth contact portion can be relatively separated in the direction along the second imaginary line, thereby further suppressing the possibility of short-circuiting between the first terminal and the fifth terminal. can be done.
- the first contact portion is projected between the projection positions of any two of the second contact portion, the third contact portion, and the fourth contact portion.
- the first contact portion is arranged so as to be projected between the projected positions of any two of the second contact portion, the third contact portion, and the fourth contact portion.
- the contact portions arranged so as to be sandwiched between the first contact portions, there is a constant gap in the direction along the second imaginary line.
- the first contact portion is a data contact portion
- the first terminal is a data terminal
- the second contact portion is a clock contact portion
- the second terminal is a clock terminal.
- the third contact is a reset contact
- the third terminal is a reset terminal
- the fourth contact is a power contact
- the fourth terminal is a power terminal
- the fifth contact is a ground contact
- the fifth terminal may be a ground terminal.
- the reset contact may be arranged such that its projected position is adjacent to the projected position of the power contact.
- the period during which the clock signal is at low level is longer than the period during which the reset signal is at low level.
- the load applied to the device when the power supply terminal and the clock terminal are shorted is larger than the load applied to the substrate when the power supply terminal and the reset terminal are shorted. Therefore, it is preferable to suppress the occurrence of a short circuit between the power supply terminal and the clock terminal rather than the occurrence of a short circuit between the power supply terminal and the reset terminal.
- a constant gap is generated between the power contact and the clock contact in the direction along the second imaginary line.
- the power contact portion and the clock contact portion can be relatively separated in the direction along the second imaginary line, thereby further suppressing the possibility of short-circuiting between the power terminal and the clock terminal.
- the load applied to the substrate when a short circuit occurs can be relatively suppressed.
- the power contact portion may be arranged so that its projected position is adjacent to the projected position of the data contact portion.
- the drive capability of the power supply terminal is higher than the drive capability of the data terminal, and if the data terminal and the power supply terminal are short-circuited, the voltage of the data terminal tends to increase. Even if a data terminal and a power terminal are short-circuited, the short circuit can be quickly detected by making the contact part next to the data contact part the power contact part in the direction along the second virtual line. can be done.
- the clock contact portion is arranged to be projected at a position farthest from the projection position of the ground contact portion, and the data contact portion, the power contact portion, and the reset contact portion are , may be arranged to be sequentially projected in a direction from the projected position of the clock contact on the second virtual line toward the projected position of the ground contact. According to this form, there exists said effect.
- the distance between the data contact portion and the ground contact portion may be longer than the distance between the data contact portion and the clock contact portion. According to this aspect, it is possible to suppress the possibility of short-circuiting between the data terminal and the ground terminal rather than the possibility of short-circuiting between the data terminal and the clock terminal.
- the distance between the data contact portion and the ground contact portion may be longer than the distance between the data contact portion and the reset contact portion. According to this aspect, it is possible to suppress the possibility of short-circuiting between the data terminal and the ground terminal rather than the possibility of short-circuiting between the data terminal and the reset terminal.
- the distance between the data contact portion and the ground contact portion may be longer than the distance between the data contact portion and the power contact portion. According to this aspect, the possibility of occurrence of a short circuit between the data terminal and the ground terminal can be suppressed rather than the possibility of occurrence of a short circuit between the data terminal and the power supply terminal.
- the projected position is projected to the farthest position from the projection position of the ground contact portion.
- the distance in the direction along the second imaginary line between the contact portion provided in the second region and the ground contact portion provided in the second region is Wa
- the ground contact portion is excluded in the first region.
- the contact portion projected at a position closest to the projection position of the ground contact portion when projected onto the second virtual line, and the ground contact portion provided in the second region. may be Wa/2 or more in the direction along the second imaginary line. According to this aspect, a distance of Wa/2 or more in the direction along the second imaginary line can be maintained between the contact portion located closest to the ground contact portion side in the first region and the ground contact portion. and a terminal other than the ground terminal.
- the projected position in the first region, among the contact portions other than the ground contact portion, when projected onto the second virtual line, the projected position is closest to the projection position of the ground contact portion. No other contact may be present between the contact and the ground contact provided in the second region. According to this aspect, since there is no other contact portion between the contact portion located closest to the ground contact portion in the first region and the ground contact portion, a short circuit between the ground terminal and a terminal other than the ground terminal can occur. sexuality can be suppressed.
- the clock contact portion, the power contact portion, and the reset contact portion are located closer to the gravity direction than the data contact portion. and at least one contact of the clock contact, the power contact, and the reset contact is projected between the projected position of the data contact and the projected position of the ground contact.
- the terminal having a plurality of other contact portions excluding the data contact portion is prevented from short-circuiting the data terminal and the ground terminal. short-circuit between the data terminal and other terminals including the contact portion can be detected, and the possibility of short-circuiting between the data terminal and the ground terminal can be suppressed.
- the clock contact, the data contact, the power contact, the reset contact, and the ground contact may be arranged to form a plurality of columns. According to this form, the contact portion can be efficiently arranged in a limited area.
- the plurality of rows are composed of two rows, and two contact portions on the substrate that are projected next to each other when projected onto the second imaginary line form different rows.
- the contact portion can be efficiently arranged in a limited area.
- the data contact portion and the ground contact portion are arranged in different rows, and between the projected positions of the data contact portion and the ground contact portion are the clock contact portion and the ground contact portion.
- Either the power contact portion or the reset contact portion may be arranged so as to be projected.
- by arranging the ground contact portion and the data contact portion in different rows and arranging another contact portion in between it is possible to suppress the possibility of short-circuiting between the data terminal and the power terminal. . Even if a data terminal and a terminal including another contact portion are short-circuited, the short-circuit can be easily detected.
- the first terminal may be used to further detect whether or not the substrate is attached to the printing apparatus. According to this aspect, it is possible to detect whether or not the substrate is attached to the printing apparatus using the first terminal.
- the fifth terminal is a ground terminal, and voltages supplied to the first terminal, the second terminal, the third terminal, and the fourth terminal are acceptable to the device.
- the voltage that the device can accept is, for example, a voltage lower than the voltage used to drive the print head, a voltage similar to the power supply voltage, a voltage lower than the withstand voltage of the device, or a malfunction that does not destroy the device. voltage that does not According to this aspect, by inputting a voltage that is acceptable to the device, it is possible to suppress the possibility of the device being destroyed and the possibility of malfunctioning, and even if at least some of the terminals are short-circuited. occurs, the short can be detected by the printing device.
- the first virtual line may extend along a direction including a mounting direction component in which the substrate is mounted in the printing apparatus.
- the voltage supplied to the fourth terminal may be used to drive the device.
- the first terminal and a terminal other than the first terminal among the plurality of terminals are not short-circuited, and the substrate is attached to the printing apparatus. You may output the signal which shows.
- the device may store information about the liquid contained in the liquid container.
- a print head a liquid introduction section that introduces liquid to the print head, a storage section that is provided with the liquid introduction section and stores a liquid storage container, and the storage section a plurality of device-side terminals provided in a substrate mounted on a printing device and configured to make contact with the plurality of device-side terminals.
- the substrate includes a base material, a device provided on the base material, and a plurality of terminals provided on the base material.
- a first terminal including a first contact portion to be in contact with a corresponding first device-side terminal of the terminals; and a group of other terminals, the group of other terminals being connected to the device, the plurality of a second terminal including a second contact portion to be in contact with the corresponding second device-side terminal of the device-side terminals of the device-side terminal, and a third device-side terminal connected to the device and corresponding to the plurality of device-side terminals of the a third terminal including a third contact portion to be in contact with the terminal; are used to detect whether or not there is a short-circuit with at least one of the terminals of all the terminals provided on the base material.
- the contact portions When all the contact portions are projected onto the second virtual line, all the contact portions are projected to different positions, and the middle of the two most distant projected positions among the projected positions of all the contact portions is the first line.
- a virtual line passes through and one region is defined as the first region and the other region is defined as the second region with respect to the first virtual line, some of the contact portions are the first region. and a remaining contact portion is arranged in the second region, the partial contact portion includes the second contact portion and the third contact portion, and the remaining contact portion includes the third contact portion.
- One contact portion is included, and the partial contact portion and the remaining contact portion are arranged asymmetrically about the first imaginary line.
- Foreign matter tends to collect in the contact area of the terminal.
- a foreign object may be caught between the device-side terminal and the terminal.
- the terminals of the substrate are arranged on a surface including a component in the direction of gravity
- the foreign matter may be trapped in the contact portion of the terminal and stay there. be.
- the foreign matter is liquid
- the liquid tends to gather at the contact portion of the terminal due to capillary force. Therefore, by defining the arrangement of the contact portions of the terminals instead of the arrangement of the terminals, the possibility of short circuit occurrence can be suppressed regardless of the area and shape of the terminals.
- the second contact portion and the third contact portion are arranged in the first region, and the first contact portion, which is to be prevented from being short-circuited with some of the contact portions, is arranged in the second region.
- the first contact portion is separated from the contact portions of the other terminals, and the distance from the other contact portions is secured, so there is a possibility of short-circuiting between the first contact portion and the other contact portions. can be suppressed.
- Foreign matter tends to gather near the contact portion, but since a distance is secured between the first contact portion and the other contact portions, the first contact portion and the other contact portions are arranged at a short distance. Foreign matter collected on the first contact portion is less likely to reach other terminals than when the first contact portion is present. In addition, the foreign matter collected in the second to third contact portions is difficult to reach the first terminal. This is the same regardless of the area and shape of the terminals.
- the group of other terminals should include at least the second terminal and the third terminal.
- the other terminal group is only the second terminal and the third terminal, the number of contact portions on the substrate can be reduced.
- the degree of freedom in arranging the contact portions on the substrate is increased, and the possibility of short-circuiting between terminals can be further suppressed.
- the contact portion to be released is the first contact portion
- the second contact portion and the third contact portion are arranged in the first region, which is one region with respect to the first imaginary line
- the second contact portion which is the other region
- the first contact portion is arranged. That is, the contact portion of the first region and the contact portion of the second region are arranged on the base material so as to be asymmetrical about the first imaginary line.
- all the contact parts are arranged so as to be projected at different positions in the direction along the second imaginary line.
- the direction of the first imaginary line includes the mounting direction
- the foreign substance is dragged by the device-side terminals during the process of mounting the liquid container on the printing device, causing a short circuit between the terminals.
- the possibility of short circuit occurrence can be suppressed. Focusing on the first contact portion, no contact portion other than the first contact portion is positioned on the straight line along the first imaginary line passing through the first contact portion.
- contact portions other than the first contact portion are positioned in the direction along the second virtual line. This positional relationship is the same for contact portions other than the first contact portion. Therefore, the probability that a short circuit will occur in a direction including the direction along the second virtual line is higher than the probability that a short circuit will occur in the direction along the first virtual line.
- the possibility of short circuit occurrence can be suppressed.
- the distance between the contact portions is secured in the direction along the second virtual line on the base material. Therefore, the possibility of occurrence of a short circuit between terminals can be suppressed.
- the first contact portion is a ground contact portion
- the first terminal is a ground terminal
- the second contact portion is a data contact portion
- the second terminal is:
- the data terminal may be a data terminal
- the third contact may be a clock contact
- the third terminal may be a clock terminal. According to this aspect, it is possible to suppress the possibility of occurrence of a short circuit between the ground contact portion and the data contact portion and the clock contact portion.
- a print head a liquid introduction section that introduces liquid to the print head, a storage section that is provided with the liquid introduction section and stores a liquid storage container, and the storage section a plurality of device-side terminals provided in a substrate mounted on a printing device and configured to make contact with the plurality of device-side terminals.
- the plurality of device-side terminals includes a first device-side terminal, a second device-side terminal, a third device-side terminal, a fourth device-side terminal, and a fifth device-side terminal, and in a plan view, Two straight lines perpendicular to each other are defined as a first virtual line and a second virtual line, and the contact portion of the first device-side terminal, the contact portion of the second device-side terminal, the contact portion of the third device-side terminal, the fourth The projection positions when the contact portion of the device-side terminal and the contact portion of the fifth device-side terminal are projected onto the second virtual line are represented by a first projection position, a second projection position, a third projection position, and a third projection position, respectively.
- the contact portions of all the device-side terminals are projected onto the second virtual line at the fourth projection position and the fifth projection position, the contact portions of all the device-side terminals are projected at different positions, and all of the above-mentioned of the projected positions of the contact portion of the device-side terminal, the first virtual line passes through the middle of the two farthest projected positions, and one region is the first region and the other region with respect to the first virtual line is the second region, the contact portions of some of the contact portions of the device-side terminals are arranged in the first region, and the contact portions of the remaining device-side terminals are arranged in the second region.
- the substrate includes a base material, a device provided on the base material, and a plurality of terminals provided on the base material, the plurality of terminals comprising at least a first terminal and a second terminal.
- the first terminal is connected to the device and is one of the plurality of device-side terminals of the printing device when the device is mounted on the printing device.
- the second terminal is connected to the device and corresponds to one of the plurality of device-side terminals when mounted on the printing apparatus.
- the third terminal is connected to the device and corresponds to one of the plurality of device-side terminals when mounted on the printing apparatus.
- a third contact portion to be in contact with a third device-side terminal; the fourth terminal is connected to the device; a fourth contact portion to be in contact with a device-side terminal, the fifth terminal being connected to the device and corresponding to the fifth device-side terminal among the plurality of device-side terminals when mounted on the printing device; a fifth contact portion to be in contact with a terminal, wherein the first terminal determines whether the first terminal is short-circuited with at least one of the second terminal, the third terminal, and the fourth terminal; used to detect
- Foreign matter tends to collect in the contact area of the terminal.
- a foreign object may be caught between the device-side terminal and the terminal.
- the terminals of the substrate are arranged on a surface including a component in the direction of gravity
- the foreign matter may be trapped in the contact portion of the terminal and stay there. be.
- the foreign matter is liquid
- the liquid tends to gather at the contact portion of the terminal due to capillary force. Therefore, by defining the arrangement of the contact portions of the terminals instead of the arrangement of the terminals, the possibility of short circuit occurrence can be suppressed regardless of the area and shape of the terminals.
- the contact portion of the first device-side terminal, the contact portion of the second device-side terminal, the contact portion of the third device-side terminal, and the contact portion of the fourth device-side terminal are provided in the first region. are arranged, and the contact portions of the fifth device-side terminals whose short-circuiting with other contact portions is to be suppressed are arranged in the second region. A contact portion to a fifth contact portion are provided on the substrate.
- the fifth contact portion is separated from the contact portions of the other terminals, and the distance from the other contact portions is secured, so there is a possibility of short-circuiting between the fifth contact portion and the other contact portions. can be suppressed.
- Foreign matter tends to gather near the contact portion, but since a distance is secured between the fifth contact portion and the other contact portions, the fifth contact portion and the other contact portions are arranged at a short distance.
- Foreign matter collected at the fifth contact portion is less likely to reach the contact portions of other terminals than in the case where the foreign matter is present.
- the foreign matter collected on the first to fourth contact portions is less likely to reach the contact portion of the fifth terminal. This is the same regardless of the area and shape of the terminals.
- the same foreign matter as in the first embodiment can be used. Regardless of the possibility of these foreign substances actually occurring, there is a possibility that a short circuit due to foreign substances will occur as long as the possibility is not zero. In this embodiment, that possibility can be suppressed.
- first to fourth contact portions corresponding to the first device-side terminal to the fourth device-side terminal are provided in the first region which is one region with respect to the first imaginary line. is arranged on the substrate, and the fifth contact portion corresponding to the fifth device-side terminal is arranged on the substrate in the second region, which is the other region. That is, the contact portion of the first region and the contact portion of the second region are arranged on the base material so as to be asymmetrical about the first imaginary line.
- the contact portions corresponding to the contact portions of all device-side terminals are arranged so as to be projected at different positions in the direction along the second imaginary line.
- the direction of the first imaginary line includes the mounting direction
- the foreign substance is dragged by the device-side terminals during the process of mounting the liquid container on the printing device, causing a short circuit between the terminals.
- To suppress the possibility of occurrence of a short circuit by arranging all the contact portions on the substrate so that when the contact portions of all the device-side terminals are projected onto the second virtual line, they are projected to different positions. can be done.
- no contact portion other than the first contact portion is positioned on the straight line along the first imaginary line passing through the first contact portion.
- contact portions other than the first contact portion are positioned in the direction along the second virtual line. This positional relationship is the same for contact portions other than the first contact portion. Therefore, the probability that a short circuit will occur in a direction including the direction along the second virtual line is higher than the probability that a short circuit will occur in the direction along the first virtual line.
- the distance between the contact portions is secured in the direction along the second virtual line on the base material. Therefore, the possibility of occurrence of a short circuit between terminals can be suppressed.
- the present disclosure can be implemented in forms such as a liquid container, a printing system, use of a substrate, use of a liquid container, a method of manufacturing a substrate or a liquid container, and the like.
- Container mounting part 812, 812A-D, 822... Liquid circulation pipe 814, 814A-D... Liquid reservoir 824... Liquid container 1000, 1000A, 1000C, 1000D, 1000E... Printing system, BCC1... First execution command, BCC2... Second execution command, C1... First virtual line, C2... Second virtual line, CMP... Middle part, CMT... Command period, D1 to D9... Cycle, Dan to Den, DAn to DEn... Distance, DB1... First identification data, DB2... second identification data, EL... conductive line, FD... first direction, FS... first response signal, FL, fL...
- first line segment HSDA, HSDA1 to HSDA6, HVDD, HVDD1 to HVDD4, HVDD6, HRST, HRST1 to HRST4, HRST6, HSCK, HSCK1 to HSCK4, HSCK6, HVSS... host terminal, LSDA, LSDA1 to LSDA6... data line, LVDD, LVDD1 to LVDD4, LVDD6... power supply line, LRST, LRST1 to LRST4, LRST6... reset Lines LSCK, LSCK1 to LSCK4, LSCK6... Clock line LVSS... Ground line MD... Mounting direction MD1... First mounting direction MD2... Second mounting direction MP... Intermediate point P1...
- Second parity data PA Print medium Pr1, Pr2 Protrusion R1 First row R2 Second row RD Rotation direction RS Request signal RST Reset signal Rg1 First area , Rg2... second area, Rp... rotation center, SCK... clock signal, SD... second direction, SDA, SDA1 to SDA6... data signal, SL, sL... second line segment, SS... second response signal, TL, tL: third line segment, VDD: power supply voltage, VSS: ground potential, Vcr: virtual circle, Wa: distance, cp: contact portion, cpa: partial contact portion, cpb: remaining contact portion, cpc: clock contact cpd... data contact cpr... reset contact cpvd...
Landscapes
- Ink Jet (AREA)
- Packages (AREA)
- Printers Or Recording Devices Using Electromagnetic And Radiation Means (AREA)
- Dc-Dc Converters (AREA)
- Particle Formation And Scattering Control In Inkjet Printers (AREA)
- Coupling Device And Connection With Printed Circuit (AREA)
- Direct Current Feeding And Distribution (AREA)
- Packaging Frangible Articles (AREA)
- Details Of Connecting Devices For Male And Female Coupling (AREA)
- Semiconductor Integrated Circuits (AREA)
Abstract
Description
A1.ハードウェア構成:
図1および図2を参照して、印刷システム1000の概要を説明する。図1は、印刷システム1000のハードウェア構成を示す斜視図である。図2は、印刷システム1000の概略構成を示す説明図である。図1には、互いに直交するX軸,Y軸,Z軸を付している。X軸,Y軸,Z軸の矢印が向いている方向は、それぞれX軸,Y軸,Z軸に沿った正の方向を示している。X軸,Y軸,Z軸に沿った正の方向を、それぞれ+X方向,+Y方向,+Z方向とする。X軸,Y軸,Z軸の矢印が向いている方向と逆の方向が、それぞれX軸,Y軸,Z軸に沿った負の方向である。X軸,Y軸,Z軸に沿った負の方向を、それぞれ-X方向,-Y方向,-Z方向とする。X軸,Y軸,Z軸に沿った方向で正負を問わないものを、それぞれX方向,Y方向,Z方向とよぶ。これ以降に示す図及び説明についても同様である。他の図に描かれたX軸、Y軸、Z軸は、図1のX軸、Y軸、Z軸に対応している。図1において、印刷システム1000の通常の使用姿勢において、印刷システム1000の正面方向を+Y方向とする。+Z方向を重力方向とし、-Z方向を反重力方向とする。
本開示において、「装着完了状態」とは、液体収容容器100が印刷装置20に装着されており、端子290間において短絡が発生していない状態をいう。上記のように、本開示において「液体収容容器100が印刷装置20に装着されている」とは、液体収容容器100が印刷装置20に物理的に取り付けられ、端子290の接触部cpが装置側端子490に電気的に接続されていることをいう。装着完了状態は、印刷装置20とデバイス130との間で通信ができる状態である。「非装着完了状態」とは、液体収容容器100が、印刷装置20の収容部4に装着されていない状態、または液体収容容器100が印刷装置20の収容部4に取り付けられているが、装置側端子490と接触部cpとの間で接触不良が生じている状態をいう。「短絡状態」とは、液体収容容器100が印刷装置20の収容部4に装着されているが、端子290間において短絡が生じている状態をいう。例えば、データ端子210とクロック端子220が短絡している場合、「データ端子210とクロック端子220が短絡状態である」という。
A3-1.電気的構成:
図8は、印刷システム1000の電気的な構成を模式的に示した図である。図8において、4つの液体収容容器100A,100B,100C,100Dがそれぞれ有する基板120やデバイス130について区別する場合には、末尾に「A」,「B」,「C」,「D」を付している。各デバイス130A~130Dには、液体収容容器100A~100Dの識別情報が記憶されている。例えば、各デバイス130A~130Dには、液体収容容器100A~100Dに収容される液体に関する情報が記憶されている。識別情報は、図8においてはID=1~4で表されている。主制御部40と副制御部50とは、印刷装置20の動作を制御する制御ユニット39を構成する。
副制御部50は、切替部511と、装置側第2記憶部516とを備える。切替部511は、図示しないレジスターと、レジスターに接続された図示しないアナログスイッチとで構成される。CPU415が、レジスターに「1」を書き込むと、アナログスイッチが導通状態となる。これにより、CPU415と基板120とが接続された状態に切り替えられる。CPU415が、レジスターに「0」を書き込むと、アナログスイッチが非導通状態となる。これにより、CPU415と基板120とが接続されていない状態に切り替えられる。
図10Aおよび図10Bを参照して、印刷システム1000が実行する接続状態の判定処理を説明する。図10Aは、接続状態の判定処理のうち印刷装置20が実行する処理のフローチャートである。図10Bは、接続状態の判定処理のうちデバイス130が実行する処理のフローチャートである。
図12を参照して、主制御部40が実行する接続状態の判定処理を説明する。図12は、主制御部40が実行する接続状態の判定処理の概要を示す図である。図12に示すように、主制御部40は、第1タイミングt1~第3タイミングt3における液体収容容器100のデータ端子210から出力される電圧の組み合わせを用いて接続状態の判定を行う。第1タイミングt1~第3タイミングt3は、上記の図11Bを用いた説明のごとく、液体収容容器100A~100Dに応じてサイクルD5~D8の期間に割り当てられている。第1タイミングt1~第3タイミングt3のそれぞれにおける液体収容容器100のデータ端子210から出力される電圧の期待値は、液体収容容器100が装着完了状態である場合にデータ端子210から出力される電圧であり、第1タイミングt1ではローレベル、第2タイミングt2ではハイレベル、第3タイミングt3ではローレベルとなる。主制御部40の判定部411は、液体収容容器100のデータ端子210から出力される電圧が、期待値と同じである第1の場合には、液体収容容器100が装着完了状態であり、「容器有り」と判定する。
第1具体例では、液体収容容器100Aが装着完了状態である場合を説明する。図13Aは、接続状態の判定処理の第1のタイミングチャートである。図13Bは、接続状態の判定処理の第2のタイミングチャートである。図13Aに示すように、副制御部50は、コマンド期間CMTにおいて要求信号RSを液体収容容器100Aのデバイス130Aに送信する。デバイス130Aに送信される要求信号RSは、対象となる液体収容容器100Aを指定するために、サイクルD8のビットがハイレベルとなる。図13Bに示すように、装着完了状態では、副制御部50は、データ端子210から、第1応答期間RT1におけるサイクルD8の第1タイミングt1においてローレベル、第2応答期間RT2におけるサイクルD8の第2タイミングt2においてハイレベル、第2応答期間RT2におけるサイクルD8の第3タイミングt3においてローレベルを検出する。この場合、主制御部40の判定部421は、第1タイミングt1~第3タイミングt3のそれぞれにおいて、期待値と検出値とが同じであるため、液体収容容器100Aについて、「容器有り」と判定する。
第2具体例では、データ端子210とクロック端子220との短絡が発生した場合における接続状態の判定処理を説明する。図14Aは、接続状態の判定処理の第3のタイミングチャートである。図14Bは、接続状態の判定処理の第4のタイミングチャートである。図14Aにおいて、コマンド期間CMT前のタイミングtaにおいて、液体収容容器100Aのデータ端子210とクロック端子220との短絡が発生したとする。図14Bに示すように、データ端子210から出力される電圧の変化は、クロック端子220の信号と同様になる。副制御部50は、データ端子210から、第1応答期間RT1におけるサイクルD8の第1タイミングt1においてハイレベル、第2応答期間RT2におけるサイクルD8の第2タイミングt2においてローレベル、第2応答期間RT2におけるサイクルD8の第3タイミングt3においてハイレベルを検出する。この場合、データ端子210とクロック端子220が短絡状態であり、主制御部の判定部411は、「短絡有り」と判定する。
第3具体例では、データ端子210とクロック端子220との短絡が発生した場合における接続状態の判定処理を説明する。第3具体例は、デバイス130が要求信号RSを受信した後に、データ端子210とクロック端子220との短絡が発生したという点で、第2具体例とは異なる。図15は、接続状態の判定処理の第5のタイミングチャートである。第1応答期間RT1のタイミングtbにおいて、液体収容容器100Aのデータ端子210とクロック端子220との短絡が発生したとする。この場合、データ端子210から出力される信号は、クロック端子220の信号と同じになる。よって、副制御部50は、データ端子210から、第1応答期間RT1におけるサイクルD8の第1タイミングt1においてハイレベル、第2応答期間RT2におけるサイクルD8の第2タイミングt2においてローレベル、第2応答期間RT2におけるサイクルD8の第3タイミングt3においてハイレベルを検出する。この場合、液体収容容器100Aについて、データ端子210とクロック端子220が短絡状態であり、主制御部40の判定部411は、「短絡有り」と判定する。
第4具体例は、データ端子210と電源端子230との短絡が発生した場合における接続状態の判定処理を説明する。図16Aは、接続状態の判定処理の第6のタイミングチャートである。図16Bは、接続状態の判定処理の第7のタイミングチャートである。図16Aおよび図16Bでは、コマンド期間CMT前のタイミングtaにおいて、液体収容容器100Aのデータ端子210と電源端子230との短絡が発生したとする。図16Bに示すように、データ端子210から出力される電圧の変化は、電源端子230の信号と同じになる。副制御部50は、データ端子210から、第1応答期間RT1におけるサイクルD8の第1タイミングt1においてハイレベル、第2応答期間RT2におけるサイクルD8の第2タイミングt2においてハイレベル、第2応答期間RT2におけるサイクルD8の第3タイミングt3においてハイレベルを検出する。この場合、液体収容容器100Aについて、データ端子210と電源端子230が短絡状態であり、主制御部40の判定部411は、「短絡有り」と判定する。
第5具体例では、データ端子210と電源端子230との短絡が発生した場合における接続状態の判定処理を説明する。第5具体例は、デバイス130が要求信号RSを受信した後に、データ端子210と電源端子230との短絡が発生したという点で、第4具体例とは異なる。図17は、接続状態の判定処理の第8のタイミングチャートである。第1応答期間RT1のタイミングtbにおいて、液体収容容器100Aのデータ端子210と電源端子230との短絡が発生したとする。この場合、データ端子210から出力される信号は、電源端子230の信号と同じになる。よって、副制御部50は、データ端子210から、第1応答期間RT1におけるサイクルD8の第1タイミングt1においてハイレベル、第2応答期間におけるサイクルD8の第2タイミングt2においてハイレベル、第2応答期間におけるサイクルD8の第3タイミングt3においてハイレベルを検出する。この場合、液体収容容器100Aについて、データ端子210と電源端子230が短絡状態であり、主制御部40の判定部411は、「短絡有り」と判定する。
第6具体例では、データ端子210とリセット端子240との短絡が発生した場合における接続状態の判定処理を説明する。図18Aは、接続状態の判定処理の第9のタイミングチャートである。図18Bは、接続状態の判定処理の第10のタイミングチャートである。図18Aおよび図18Bでは、コマンド期間CMT前のタイミングtaにおいて、液体収容容器100Aのデータ端子210とリセット端子240との短絡が発生したとする。図18Bに示すように、データ端子210から出力される電圧の変化は、リセット端子240の信号と同じになる。よって、副制御部50は、データ端子210から、第1応答期間におけるサイクルD8の第1タイミングt1においてハイレベル、第2応答期間におけるサイクルD8の第2タイミングt2においてハイレベル、第2応答期間におけるサイクルD8の第3タイミングt3においてハイレベルを検出する。この場合、液体収容容器100Aについて、データ端子210とリセット端子240が短絡状態であり、主制御部40の判定部411は、「短絡有り」と判定する。
第7具体例では、データ端子210とリセット端子240との短絡が発生した場合における接続状態の判定処理を説明する。第7具体例では、デバイス130が要求信号RSを受信した後に、データ端子210とリセット端子240との短絡が発生したという点で、第6具体例とは異なる。図19は、接続状態の判定処理の第11のタイミングチャートである。第1応答期間RT1のタイミングtbにおいて、液体収容容器100Aのデータ端子210とリセット端子240との短絡が発生したとする。この場合、データ端子210から出力される信号は、リセット端子240の信号と同じになる。よって、副制御部50は、データ端子210から、第1応答期間におけるサイクルD8の第1タイミングt1においてハイレベル、第2応答期間におけるサイクルD8の第2タイミングt2においてハイレベル、第2応答期間におけるサイクルD8の第3タイミングt3においてハイレベルを検出する。この場合、液体収容容器100Aについて、データ端子210とリセット端子240が短絡状態であり、主制御部40の判定部411は、「短絡有り」と判定する。
第8具体例では、液体収容容器100Aが非装着完了状態である場合を説明する。詳細には、第8具体例では、デバイス130Aが要求信号RSを受信する前に液体収容容器100Aが収容部4から取り外された場合を説明する。図20Aは、接続状態の判定処理の第12のタイミングチャートである。液体収容容器100Aが収容部4に装着されていない場合、副制御部50のホスト端子HSDA1の駆動状態は、接続されているプルダウン抵抗により、ローレベルとなる。よって、副制御部50は、第1応答期間RT1におけるサイクルD8の第1タイミングt1においてローレベル、第2応答期間RT2におけるサイクルD8の第2タイミングt2においてローレベル、第2応答期間RT2におけるサイクルD8の第3タイミングt3においてローレベルを検出する。この場合、液体収容容器100Aについて、非装着完了状態であり、主制御部40の判定部421は、「容器無し」と判定する。
第9具体例では、第1応答期間RT1の途中で液体収容容器100Aが収容部4から取り外された場合を説明する。図20Bは、接続状態の判定処理の第13のタイミングチャートである。副制御部50は、第1応答期間RT1におけるサイクルD8の第1タイミングt1においてローレベル、第2応答期間RT2におけるサイクルD8の第2タイミングt2においてローレベル、第2応答期間RT2におけるサイクルD8の第3タイミングt3においてローレベルを検出する。この場合、液体収容容器100Aについて、非装着完了状態であり、主制御部40の判定部421は、「容器無し」と判定する。
その他の具体例では、種々の接続状態と、接続状態ごとの判定部421による判定結果を説明する。図20Cは、接続状態の判定処理のその他の具体例を説明する図である。接続状態の判定処理においては、第1タイミングt1および第3タイミングt3における検出値のうち、少なくともどちらか一方が期待値と異なる場合、主制御部40の判定部411は「短絡有り」と判定する。
上記第1実施形態において、デバイス130は、要求信号RSを受信している場合において、印刷装置20が第1印刷指示に基づく印刷中に第2印刷指示を受信した場合、第1印刷指示に基づく印刷が終了した後、第2印刷指示に基づく印刷を開始する前に、第1応答信号FSおよび第2応答信号SSをデータ端子210に出力してもよい。デバイス130は、要求信号RSを受信している場合において、印刷装置が印刷ヘッド5のクリーニング指示を受信した場合、クリーニングを実行する前に、第1応答信号FSおよび第2応答信号SSをデータ端子210に出力してもよい。デバイス130は、要求信号RSを受信した場合において、キャリッジ30が液体収容容器100を交換することができる交換位置において、第1応答信号FSおよび第2応答信号SSをデータ端子210に出力し、さらに、キャリッジ30が交換位置から液体収容容器100を交換できない待機位置に移動した場合、第1応答信号FSおよび第2応答信号SSをデータ端子210に出力してもよい。交換位置は、例えば、ホームポジションのときのキャリッジ30の位置である。
A4-1.基板に関する他の実施形態1:
図21Aは、他の実施形態1としての基板を説明する図である。図21Aは、複数の接触部cpの配置の組み合わせ例を示している。データ接触部cpd,クロック接触部cpc,電源接触部cpvd,リセット接触部cpr,および接地接触部cpvsの配置は上記第1実施形態に限定されるものではなく、図21Aの組み合わせNo.1~No.24に示すように、他の配置であってもよい。組み合わせNo.1~No.24では、第1領域Rg1にクロック接触部cpc、データ接触部cpd、電源接触部cpvd、およびリセット接触部cprが配置され、第2領域Rg2に接地接触部cpvsが配置される組み合わせである。
図22は、他の実施形態2としての2パターンの基板120dおよび基板120eを示す図である。接地接触部250の配置は、上記第1実施形態に限定されるものではなく、他の配置でも良い。基板120dは、接地接触部cpvsの配置が図5に示す基板120とは異なる。基板120dの接地接触部cpvsは、第2列R2を形成するように配置されている。基板120dが用いられる場合には、図7A,7Bに示す接続機構400は、基板120の接地接触部cpvsに対応した装置側端子を備える。接地接触部cpvsの数は、上記第1実施形態に限定されるものではなく、2つ以上でも良い。基板120eは、接地接触部cpvsの数が図5に示す基板120と異なる。基板120eは、2つの接地端子250a、250bを備え、各々接地接触部cpvsを含む。基板120eが用いられる場合には、図7A,7Bに示す接続機構400は、2つの接地端子250a,250bに対応した2つの装置側端子を備える。基板120eのデータ接触部cpd、クロック接触部cpc、電源接触部cpvd、およびリセット接触部cprの配置は、図5に示す基板120と同じである。接地端子250aの接地接触部cpvs,接地端子250bの接地接触部cpvsは、第1仮想線C1に沿った方向において異なる位置に配置されている。一方の接地端子250aの接地接触部cpvsは、第2列R2を形成するように配置されている。他方の接地端子250bの接地接触部cpvsは、第1列R1を形成するように配置されている。
図23は、他の実施形態3としての2パターンの基板120fおよび基板120gを示す図である。接地端子250の大きさは、上記第1実施形態に限定されるものではなく、他の大きさであっても良い。基板120fの接地端子250cおよび基板120gの接地端子250dは、図5に示す接地端子250よりも大きい。接地端子250cは、第1列R1と第2列R2に亘って形成されている。接地端子250cは、第1仮想線C1に沿った方向について、基板120fの中央部CMPを跨って配置されている。基板120gの接地端子250dは、さらに、第1領域Rg1と第2領域Rg2とに亘って形成されている。接地端子250dは、第1仮想線C1を跨って配置されている。
図24は、他の実施形態4としての2パターンの基板120ab,120acを示す図である。図25は、他の実施形態4として2パターンの基板120ad,120ae示す図である。端子210~250の形状は、上記第1実施形態に限定されるものではなく、他の形状であっても良い。図24に示すように、基板120abの端子210~250は、第1列R1および第2列R2に跨るように形成され、第1仮想線C1に沿って細長い形状をしている。基板120acの端子210~250は、基板120の端子210~250のような矩形状の部分に加え、第1仮想線C1に沿った細長い形状の部分を有する。基板120adのデータ端子210は、第1仮想線C1および第2仮想線C2に沿った方向に屈曲している部分を有する。基板120aeのデータ端子210は、電源端子230の一部を取り囲むように、第1仮想線C1および第2仮想線C2に沿った方向に屈曲している部分を有する。このようにしても、端子210~250の各接触部cpの位置関係は、上記第1実施形態の図5に示す各接触部cpの位置関係と同じである。
図26は、他の実施形態5としての基板120Tdを説明する図である。図26のうち上段の図は、基板120Tdを示している。図26のうち下段の図は、基板120Tdに対応する接続機構400Tdを模式的に示している。上記第1実施形態における基板120では、複数の接触部cpは2つの列を形成するように配置されていたが、これに限定されない。基板120Tdでは、接触部は3つの列を形成するように配置されている。データ接触部cpdと接地接触部cpvsは、第3列を形成している。このように、接触部cpが第1仮想線C1に沿った方向において第1実施形態における接触部cpの配置と異なっていたとしても、第2仮想線C2への投影位置は変わらない。基板120Tdが重力方向に沿った方向に装着される場合において、基板120Tdでは、クロック接触部cpc、電源接触部cpvd、及びリセット接触部cprは、データ接触部cpdよりも重力方向側である+Z方向側に配置されている。また、クロック接触部cpc、電源接触部cpvd、及びリセット接触部cprのうちの少なくとも1つの接触部cpc,cpvd,cprは、接触部cpを第2仮想線C2に投影したとき、データ接触部cpdの投影位置swdと接地接触部cpvsの投影位置swvsの間に投影されるように配置されている。データ接触部cpdや接地接触部cpvs以外の接触部cpも、本実施形態のデータ接触部cpdや接地接触部cpvsと同様に、第1仮想線C1に沿った方向において第1実施形態における接触部cpとは異なる位置に配置されても良い。上記の各接触部cpの位置関係は、装置側端子490の各接触部cpについても同様の関係を有する。基板120Tdが重力方向に沿った方向に装着される場合において、装置側クロック接触部dcpc、装置側電源接触部dcpvd、及び装置側リセット接触部dcprは、装置側データ接触部dcpdよりも重力方向側である+Z方向側に配置されている。また、装置側クロック接触部dcpc、装置側電源接触部dcpvd、及び装置側リセット接触部dcprのうちの少なくとも1つの接触部dcpc,dcpvd,dcprは、接触部dcpを第2仮想線C2に投影したとき、装置側データ接触部dcpdの投影位置swdと装置側接地接触部dcpvsの投影位置swvsの間に投影されるように配置されている。
図27は、基板に関する他の実施形態6としての2パターンの基板120U,120Vを示す図である。基板120の基材120bdの形態は、上記第1実施形態に限られない。基板120Uは、4つの液体収容容器100A~100Dに対して共通に用いられる。この場合、4つの液体収容容器100A~100Dは一体に形成されていてもよい。基板120Uは、第1基板領域120UAと、第2基板領域120UBと、第3基板領域120UCと、第4基板領域120UDとを備える。第1基板領域120UAは、液体収容容器100Aに用いられ端子290が配置された領域である。第2基板領域120UBは、液体収容容器100Bに用いられる端子290が配置された領域である。第3基板領域120UCは、液体収容容器100Cに用いられる端子290が配置された領域である。第4基板領域120UDは、液体収容容器100Dに用いられる端子290が配置された領域である。第1基板領域120UA~第4基板領域120UDは、それぞれ独立した基板とみなしてもよい。基板120Uの裏面120fbには、4つの液体収容容器100A~100Dに用いられる4つのデバイス130A~130Dが設けられている。各基板領域120UA~120UDの端子290は、対応するデバイス130A~130Dに、図示しない配線パターン層や基板120Uに配置されたスルーホールを介して接続されている。ここで、各デバイス130A~130Dには共通の電源端子230を介して電源電圧VDDが供給される。本実施形態では、共通の電源端子230は、第1基板領域120UAの端子290に設けられている。よって、基板120Uにおいて、電源端子230は、第2基板領域120UB~第4基板領域120UDの端子290には、設けられていない。上記のように、端子290のうち一部の端子を複数のデバイス130A~130Dに対して共通に用いてもよい。
図28は、基板に関する他の実施形態7の基板120Xを示す図である。上記第1実施形態では、図5に示すように、端子290の種類は、データ端子210、クロック端子220、電源端子230、リセット端子240、接地端子250の5種類であったが、これに限定されるものではなく、5種類よりも少なくてもよい。例えば、基板120Xは、データ端子210、クロック端子220、電源端子230、および接地端子250を有する。基板120Xは、リセット端子240を有していない。この場合、リセット信号RSTは、例えばデバイス130の処理部136においてクロック信号SCKを用いて生成される。例えば、基板120Xにおいて、電源端子230を設けなくても良い。この場合、電源電圧VDDは、例えばデバイス130の処理部136においてクロック信号SCKを用いて生成される。例えば、基板120Xにおいて、電源端子230を設け、リセット端子240を設けなくても良い。このように、上記第1実施形態の端子290は、リセット端子240と電源端子230との少なくとも一方を備えていなくてもよい。本実施形態の場合、基板120の端子290において、接地端子250以外の端子290を「その他の端子群」と呼ぶ。本実施形態では、接地端子250は第1端子とも呼ぶことができる。データ端子210は第2端子とも呼ぶことができる。クロック端子220は第3端子とも呼ぶことができる。接地接触部cpvsは第1接触部とも呼ぶことができる。データ接触部cpdは第2接触部とも呼ぶことができる。クロック接触部cpcは第3接触部とも呼ぶことができる。
本開示の実施形態において、端子290や接触部cpの配置が第1仮想線C1を挟んで入れ替わった配置であってもよい。第1列を構成する端子と第2列を構成する端子が入れ替わった配置であっても良い。
本開示の液体収容容器は、図3に示す液体収容容器100に限らず、他の構成であってもよい。以下に、液体収容容器100の他の実施形態について説明する。図3および図4に示す上記第1実施形態の液体収容容器100や、液体収容容器の他の実施形態同士で同様の構成について、同一符号を付すと共に適宜説明を省略する。なお、図4に示す収容部4等,印刷装置20の構成は、液体収容容器の構成に対応させて変更される。
図30は、液体収容容器の他の実施形態2としての液体収容容器100qを示す斜視図である。図31は、液体収容容器100qの基板120周辺の拡大図である。図30に示すように、液体収容容器100qは、液体収容体101と、液体供給口104opを有する液体供給部104と、基板120とを備える。液体収容体101の内部には、インクを収容する図示しない液体収容袋が配置されている。液体収容袋は可撓性を有し、インク室150として機能する。液体供給部104は、液体収容袋に設けられ、液体収容体101の前壁101wfに形成された開口部424に配置されている。基板120は、液体収容体101の第2壁101wrと第4壁101wuとが交差するコーナー部89aに設けられている。コーナー部89aは液体収容体101の内方に窪んだ凹部である。本実施形態において、装着方向MDは-Y方向であり、第1方向FDはY方向の正負両方とZ方向の正負両方の成分とを含む。
図32は、液体収容容器の他の実施形態3としての液体収容容器100rを示す斜視図である。液体収容容器100rは、-Y方向が装着方向MDとなる。液体収容容器100rは、液体収容体101と、液体供給口104opを有する液体供給部104と、基板120とを備える。液体収容体101の内部には、インクを収容する図示しない液体収容袋が配置されている。この液体収容袋は可撓性を有し、インク室150として機能する。液体供給部104は、液体収容袋に設けられ、液体収容体101の第2壁101wrに形成された開口部424に配置されている。基板120は、液体収容体101の第2壁101wrと第4壁101wuとが交差するコーナー部89aに設けられている。コーナー部89aは液体収容体101の内方に窪んだ凹部である。液体収容体101の第3壁101wbには、溝状の容器側係合構造425が形成されている。容器側係合構造425は、液体収容容器100rの装着完了状態において、収容部4の突起状の装置側係合構造と係合することで、液体収容容器100の取り外し方向である+Y方向側の動きを規制する。本実施形態において、装着方向MDは-Y方向であり、第1方向FDはY方向の正負両方とZ方向の正負両方の成分を含む。
図33は、液体収容容器の他の実施形態4としての液体収容容器100sを示す斜視図である。液体収容容器100sは、印刷装置20に引き出し可能に設けられたケース61に着脱可能に収容された後に、ケース61と共に印刷装置20に装着される。液体収容容器100sは、液体収容袋111と、液体収容袋111の-Y方向側の一端部に取り付けられた接続部材112と、を有する。本実施形態では、液体収容袋111および接続部材112が液体収容体として機能する。液体収容袋111は、可撓性を有する。インク室150として機能する液体収容袋111の-Y方向側には液体供給口104opを有する液体供給部104が設けられている。液体供給部104は、接続部材112の第2壁101wrに形成された開口部424に配置されている。基板120は、接続部材112の第2壁101wrに形成された凹部であるコーナー部89aに配置されている。本実施形態において、装着方向MDは-Y方向であり、第1方向FDはY方向の正負両方とZ方向の正負両方の成分を含む。
図34は、液体収容容器の他の実施形態5としての液体収容容器100wを示す斜視図である。液体収容容器100wにおいて、基板120は、装着完了状態において、水平な面となる第4壁101wuに配置されている。第4壁101wuは、装着完了状態において上壁を構成する。液体収容容器100wは、図3および図4に示す液体収容容器100と同様に、液体収容体101と、液体供給口104opを有する液体供給部104と、を備える。液体収容体101の内部には、インクを収容する可撓性を有する図示しない液体収容袋が配置されている。この液体収容袋がインク室150として機能する。液体供給部104は、液体収容袋に設けられ、液体収容体101の第2壁101wrに形成された開口部424に配置されている。本実施形態において、装着方向MDはーY方向であり、第1方向FDはY方向の正負両方である。
図35は、液体収容容器の他の実施形態6としての液体収容容器100xを示す斜視図である。液体収容容器100xにおいて、基板120は、装着完了状態において、垂直な面となる第5壁101wsaに配置されている。第5壁101wsaは、装着完了状態において側壁を構成する。液体収容容器100xは、図3および図4に示す液体収容容器100と同様に、液体収容体101と、液体供給口104opを有する液体供給部104と、を備える。液体収容体101の内部には、インクを収容する可撓性を有する図示しない液体収容袋が配置されている。この液体収容袋がインク室150として機能する。液体供給部104は、液体収容袋に設けられ、液体収容体101の第2壁101wrに形成された開口部424に配置されている。本実施形態において、装着方向MDはーY方向であり、第1方向FDはY方向の正負両方である。
図36は、液体収容容器の他の実施形態7としての液体収容容器100yを示す図である。上記第1実施形態の液体収容容器100は、図3および図4に示すように、液体収容体101と基板120が一体に構成されていたが、これに限定されるものではない。例えば、液体収容容器100yは、インク室150を形成する液体収容体101yaと、基板120が取り付けられたアダプター101ybとを有する。液体供給部104は、液体収容体101yaに形成されている。液体収容体101yaは、凹形状のアダプター101ybに取り外し可能に収容される。アダプター101ybは、液体収容体101yaを収容するケースとして機能する。アダプター101ybの第3壁101wbには、液体供給部104が挿通される開口部134が形成されている。液体収容体101yaは、図示しない固定部材を用いて、アダプター101ybに固定されてもよい。液体収容体101yaは、アダプター101ybに固定されなくても良い。
図37は、液体収容容器の他の実施形態8としての液体収容容器100gおよび100hを示す図である。上記第1実施形態の液体収容容器100は、図4~図6に示すように、複数の端子290とデバイス130が基材120bdに配置されていたが、これに限定されるものではない。液体収容容器100gでは、複数の端子290とデバイス130が基材120bdを介することなく直接に液体収容体101の第2壁101wrに配置されている。複数の端子290とデバイス130とは図示しない配線パターンなどによって電気的に接続されている。このように、液体収容体101と、複数の端子290と、デバイス130と、は液体収容容器100gとして一体に構成されてもよい。
図38は、液体収容容器の他の実施形態9としての液体収容容器100zを示す斜視図である。図39は、液体収容容器100zの基板120周辺の拡大図である。他の実施形態9の各図に示すXYZ軸は、液体収容容器100zが印刷装置の後述する収容部に挿入が完了したときの状態を基準にしている。液体収容容器100zは、印刷装置に装着する際に、2つの装着操作を行う。本実施形態では、第1方向FDはY方向成分とZ方向成分とを有し、第2方向SDはX方向である。図38に示すように、液体収容容器100zは、液体収容体101zと、液体供給口104opを有する液体供給部104と、基板120とを備える。液体収容体101zは、液体を収容可能な収容本体101zaと、収容本体101zaに取り付けられたカバー部材101zbとを有する。液体供給部104は、カバー部材101zbによって形成された液体収容体101zの第3壁101wbに形成された開口部424に配置されている。基板120は、液体収容体101zの第2壁101wrと第3壁101wbとが交差するコーナー部89zに設けられている。コーナー部89zは液体収容体101zの内方に窪んだ凹部である。
上記第1実施形態や他の実施形態において、液体収容容器100はインクカートリッジであったが、これに限定されるものではない。液体収容容器100は、例えば、廃液収容容器でも良い。廃液収容容器は、例えば、印刷装置20が印刷ヘッド5のクリーニングを実行した場合に、印刷ヘッド5のノズルから吐出された廃液を収容する容器である。
本開示の印刷システムは、図1に示す印刷システム1000に限定されるものではない。図43は、印刷システムの他の実施形態1としての印刷システム1000Aを示す図である。上記第1実施形態では、図1に示すように、液体収容容器100がキャリッジ30に装着されるオンキャリッジと呼ばれる構成としたが、これに限定されるものではない。液体収容容器100がキャリッジ30と異なる他の場所に装着されるオフキャリッジと呼ばれる構成としてもよい。印刷システム1000Aは、オフキャリッジタイプの印刷システムであり、印刷装置20Aと、液体収容容器100Tとを備える。印刷装置20Aは、印刷ヘッド5を備えるキャリッジ30を有する。液体収容容器100Tは、キャリッジ30とは異なる場所に配置された容器装着部600に着脱可能に装着される。液体収容容器100Tについても、第1実施形態の液体収容容器100と同様に、液体収容体と、インク供給口を有する液体収容部と、基板とを備えている。印刷装置20Aには、例えば、図30~図35に示す液体収容容器100q~100xが装着される。印刷装置20Aは、印刷装置20と同様に、接続状態の判定処理を実行する。
図44は、印刷システムの他の実施形態2としての印刷システム1000Cを示す図である。上記第1実施形態では、図1に示すように、液体収容容器100を着脱可能に装着する収容部4が、印刷装置20の本体内に配置されていたが、収容部4の位置はこれに限定されるものではない。図45に示す印刷システム1000Cでは、印刷装置20Cが有する収容部4Cは、印刷装置20Cの本体201の外側に配置されている。収容部4Cは、図7Aおよび図7Cに示すように、液体導入部6と接続機構400と副制御基板500とを備える。液体導入部6と本体201内に配置された印刷ヘッド5とは、可撓性を有する液体流通管105によって連通している。液体流通管105は、液体導入部6の数に応じて複数設けられている。複数の液体流通管105は、1つの保護チューブ106内に収容されている。また、印刷装置20Cは、副制御基板500と本体201内に位置する図示しない主制御部40とを接続して、各種信号を送受信する行うバス107を有する。図44に示す液体収容容器100についても、上記第1実施形態の液体収容容器100と同様に、液体収容体と、液体供給口を有する液体供給部と、基板とを備えている。印刷装置20Cは、印刷装置20と同様に、接続状態の判定処理を実行する。
図45は、印刷システムの他の実施形態3としての印刷システム1000Dを示す図である。印刷システム1000Dは、上記第1実施形態と同様に4つの液体収容容器100A,100B,100C,100Dと、図1に示す印刷装置20とを備える。液体収容容器100A~100Dは、一体に形成されていてもよいし、それぞれが個別に形成されていてもよい。液体収容容器100A~100Dには、印刷システム1000D外に配置された外付けの液体貯留部814および液体流通管812を介して、液体が補充される。図45において、液体貯留部814および液体流通管812のうち、各液体収容容器100A~100Dに対応する要素には、末尾に「A」~「D」を付している。
図46は、印刷システムの他の実施形態4としての印刷システム1000Eを示す図である。印刷システム1000Eは、基板120を有するアダプター101Eと、液体を収容可能な液体収容体824と、液体流通管822と、図1に示す印刷装置20とを備える。アダプター101Eは、収容部4に着脱自在に装着できる。液体流通管822は、液体収容体824と液体導入部6とを接続し、液体供給部として機能する。液体流通管822のうち液体導入部6に接続される部分は、液体供給口として機能する。アダプター101Eと液体流通管822と液体収容体824は、4つずつ設けられている。印刷システム1000Eにおいて、「装着完了状態」とは、基板120を有するアダプター101Eが印刷装置20に装着されており、端子290間において短絡が発生していない状態をいう。本実施形態において、「基板120が印刷装置20に装着されている」とは、基板120が印刷装置20に物理的に取り付けられ、端子290の接触部cpが装置側端子490に電気的に接続されていることをいう。基板120のデータ端子210は、基板120が印刷装置20に装着されているか否かを検出するのに用いられる。印刷装置20の装着判定部412は、基板120が装着されているか否かの判定を行う。第1応答信号RT1および第2応答信号RT2は、基板120が印刷装置20に装着されていることを、印刷装置20が判定するのに用いられる信号である。
上記第1実施形態では、図1に示すように、4つの液体収容容器100A~100Dが収容部4に着脱可能に装着されていたが、収容部4に着脱可能に装着される液体収容容器100の数はこれに限定されるものではない。以下に、図47Aおよび図47Bを用いて、6つの液体収容容器100が収容部4に着脱可能に装着される印刷システム1000における接続状態の判定処理のタイミングチャートを説明する。6つの液体収容容器100には、例えば、異なる色のインクが収容される。図47Aおよび図47Bは、装着完了状態において、液体収容容器100の端子290に入出力される信号を模式的に示すタイミングチャートである。図47Aは、6つの液体収容容器100A~100Fを備える印刷システム1000における第1のタイミングチャートである。図47Bは、6つの液体収容容器100A~100Fを備える印刷システム1000における第2のタイミングチャートである。図47Aは図11Aに相当する図であり、図47Bは図11Bに相当する図である。図47Aおよび図47Bに示すVDD,RST,SCK,SDA1~SDA6は、対応する線LVDD、LRST、LSCK、およびLSDA1~LSDA6によって、対応する端子290を介して送受信される信号または供給される電圧を意味する。
上記第1実施形態では、図6に示すように、デバイス130は処理部136と記憶部138とを備えていたが、これに限定されるものではない。図49は、デバイス130に関する他の実施形態1としてのデバイス130a,130bを示す図である。デバイス130aは、処理部136を備えているが、記憶部138を備えていない。記憶部138とデバイス130とは別体であってもよい。この場合、記憶部138は、デバイス130bの処理部136と電気的に接続されている。デバイス130bは、第1処理部136aと、第2処理部136bと、記憶部138と、を備えている。第1処理部136aは、記憶部138と接続されている。第2処理部136bは、第1処理部136aと端子210~250に接続されている。このような形態において、第1処理部136aおよび第2処理部136bは、全体として、処理部として機能する。このように、デバイス130bは複数の処理部136a,136bを有していてもよい。
上記第1実施形態では、図11Cに示すように、クロック信号SCKがハイレベルの全期間において、第1応答信号FSが出力されていたが、これに限定されるものではない。例えば、デバイス130は、クロック信号SCKがハイレベルである期間の一部において、第1応答信号FSをデータ端子210に出力してもよい。例えば、デバイス130は、クロック信号SCKがハイレベルである期間において、第1応答信号FSを出力した後、データ端子210の駆動状態をハイインピーダンスとしてもよい。例えば、デバイス130は、クロック信号SCKの1つの周期において、クロック信号SCKがローレベルである期間およびクロック信号がハイレベルである期間において、ロ―レベルを含む第1応答信号FSを出力してもよい。
上記第1実施形態では、接続状態の判定処理において、図11Aおよび図11Bに示すようにクロック信号SCKの周波数は一定であったが、一定でなくてもよい。例えば、第2応答期間RT2におけるクロック信号SCKの周波数は、第1応答期間RT1におけるクロック信号SCKの周波数よりも低く設定してもよい。第2応答信号SSには、異なる電圧が含まれている。第2応答期間RT2では、クロック信号SCKの周波数を第1応答期間RT1よりも低く設定し、第2応答信号SSを第1応答信号FSよりも長く出力するようにしても良い。
上記第1実施形態において、デバイス130の処理部136は、リセット信号RSTがハイレベルの間、第1応答期間RT1と第2応答期間RT2とをこの順番で繰り返し設けることで、第1応答信号FSと第2応答信号SSを繰り返し出力してもよい。デバイス130の処理部136は、第2応答信号SSのうちローレベルの電圧をデータ端子210に出力した後、要求信号RSが再びデータ端子210に入力された場合、第1応答信号FSと第2応答信号SSをデータ端子210に出力してもよい。
上記第1実施形態において、図11Bに示すように、クロック信号SCKの立ち上がりおよび立ち下がりと、第1応答期間RT1における第1応答信号FSなどの信号や、第2応答期間RT2における第2応答信号SSなどの信号の立ち上がりおよび立ち下がりとは同じタイミングであったが、これに限定されるものではない。例えば、第1応答期間RT1における第1応答信号FSなどの信号や、第2応答期間RT2における第2応答信号SSなどの信号の立ち上がりおよび立ち下がりのタイミングは、クロック信号SCKの立ち上がりおよび立ち下がりのタイミングから遅れていてもよい。
上記第1実施形態において、デバイス130A~130Dの処理部136A~136Dは、第1応答信号FSおよび第2応答信号SSを、クロック信号SCKのそれぞれ異なる周期においてデータ端子210に出力するものであったが、これに限定されるものではない。例えば、デバイス130A~130Dの処理部136A~136Dは、第1応答信号FSおよび第2応答信号SSを、クロック信号SCKの同じ周期において出力しても良い。接続状態の判定処理においては、印刷装置20は、各デバイス130A~130Dに電気的に接続された個々のデータ線LSDA1~LSDA4を介して信号を送受信する。そのため、第1応答期間RT1や第2応答期間RT2に同じサイクルにおいてデバイス130A~130Dから第1応答信号FSや第2応答信号SSがデータ端子210に出力されたとしても、印刷装置20の副制御部50は、第1タイミングt1~第3タイミングt3の各々において、データ端子210から出力された電圧を検出することができる。この場合、要求信号RSは、コマンド期間CMTの対応するビットにおいてハイレベルに設定される。
上記第1実施形態において、デバイス130A~130Dの処理部136A~136Dは、第1応答期間のサイクルD8~サイクルD5において、第1応答信号FSおよび第2応答信号SSをデータ端子210に出力するものであったが、これに限定されるものではない。例えば、デバイス130A~130Dの処理部136A~136Dは、第1応答期間のサイクルD5~サイクルD8において、第1応答信号FSおよび第2応答信号SSをデータ端子210に出力しても良い。この場合、要求信号RSは、コマンド期間CMTの対応するビットにおいてハイレベルに設定される。
上記第1実施形態において、デバイス130は、データ端子210に要求信号RSが入力され、データ端子210に第1応答信号FSおよび第2応答信号SSを出力するようになっているが、要求信号RSが入力される端子は、データ端子210以外の端子であっても良い。同様に、第1応答信号FSおよび第2応答信号SSを出力する端子は、データ端子210以外の端子であっても良い。その場合、デバイス130とその端子が接続されている。
本開示は、上記の実施形態に限られるものではなく、その趣旨を逸脱しない範囲において種々の構成で実現することができる。例えば、以下に記載する各形態中の技術的特徴に対応する実施形態の技術的特徴は、上記の課題の一部又は全部を解決するために、あるいは、上記の目的の一部又は全部を達成するために、適宜、差し替えや、組み合わせを行うことが可能である。その技術的特徴が本明細書中に必須なものとして説明されていなければ、適宜、削除することが可能である。以下の各形態は、本開示の全ての構成を備える必要はない。以下の各形態は、上記の課題を解決するため、または、上記の目的を達成するための最低限の構成を備えていれば良い。一の形態に対応する効果は、特に記載しない限り、他の形態に対応する効果とは独立したものである。組み合わせた形態においては、その組み合わせた形態に対応する効果を奏する。
Claims (253)
- 印刷ヘッドと、前記印刷ヘッドに液体を導入する液体導入部と、前記液体導入部が設けられ液体収容容器を収容する収容部と、前記収容部に設けられた複数の装置側端子と、を備えた印刷装置に装着され、前記複数の装置側端子と接触するように構成される基板であって、
基材と、
前記基材に設けられたデバイスと、
前記基材に設けられた複数の端子と、を備え、
前記複数の端子は、少なくとも、第1端子と、第2端子と、第3端子と、第4端子と、第5端子と、を含み、
前記第1端子は、前記デバイスに接続され、前記複数の装置側端子のうちの対応する第1装置側端子と接触するべき第1接触部を含み、
前記第2端子は、前記デバイスに接続され、前記複数の装置側端子のうちの対応する第2装置側端子と接触するべき第2接触部を含み、
前記第3端子は、前記デバイスに接続され、前記複数の装置側端子のうちの対応する第3装置側端子と接触するべき第3接触部を含み、
前記第4端子は、前記デバイスに接続され、前記複数の装置側端子のうちの対応する第4装置側端子と接触するべき第4接触部を含み、
前記第5端子は、前記デバイスに接続され、前記複数の装置側端子のうちの対応する第5装置側端子と接触するべき第5接触部を含み、
前記第1端子は、前記第1端子が、前記第2端子、前記第3端子、および前記第4端子のうち少なくとも1つと短絡しているか否かを検出するのに用いられ、
平面視で、
直交する2つの直線を第1仮想線および第2仮想線とし、前記基材に設けられた全ての端子の全ての接触部を前記第2仮想線に投影したとき、前記全ての接触部は異なる位置に投影され、前記全ての接触部の投影位置のうち最も離れた2つの投影位置の中間を前記第1仮想線が通り、
前記第1仮想線に対して、一方の領域を第1領域、他方の領域を第2領域としたとき、前記全ての接触部のうち一部の接触部が前記第1領域に配置され、残りの接触部が前記第2領域に配置され、前記一部の接触部には前記第1接触部と前記第2接触部と前記第3接触部と前記第4接触部とが含まれ、前記残りの接触部には前記第5接触部が含まれ、
前記一部の接触部と前記残りの接触部とは前記第1仮想線について非対称に配置される、基板。 - 請求項1に記載の基板であって、
前記第1接触部の投影位置と前記第5接触部の投影位置の間には、前記第2接触部、前記第3接触部、および前記第4接触部のうち、少なくとも1つの接触部が投影されるように配置された、基板。 - 請求項1または請求項2に記載の基板であって、
前記第1接触部の投影位置と前記第5接触部の投影位置の間には、前記第2接触部、前記第3接触部、および前記第4接触部のうち、いずれか2つ以上の接触部が投影されるように配置された、基板。 - 請求項1から請求項3までのいずれか1項に記載の基板であって、
前記第1接触部は、前記第2接触部、前記第3接触部、前記第4接触部のうち、いずれか2つの接触部の投影位置の間に投影されるように配置された、基板。 - 請求項1から請求項4までのいずれか1項に記載の基板であって、
前記第1接触部はデータ接触部であり、前記第1端子はデータ端子であり、
前記第2接触部はクロック接触部であり、前記第2端子はクロック端子であり、
前記第3接触部はリセット接触部であり、前記第3端子はリセット端子であり、
前記第4接触部は電源接触部であり、前記第4端子は電源端子であり、
前記第5接触部は接地接触部であり、前記第5端子は接地端子である、基板。 - 請求項5に記載の基板であって、
前記電源接触部の投影位置と前記クロック接触部の投影位置の間には、前記データ接触部および前記リセット接触部のいずれか一方または両方が投影されるように配置され、前記リセット接触部は、その投影位置が前記電源接触部の投影位置の隣となるように配置された、基板。 - 請求項5または請求項6に記載の基板であって、
前記電源接触部は、その投影位置が前記データ接触部の投影位置の隣となるように配置された、基板。 - 請求項5から請求項7までのいずれか1項に記載の基板であって、
前記クロック接触部は、前記接地接触部の投影位置と最も離れた位置に投影されるように配置され、
前記データ接触部、前記電源接触部、および前記リセット接触部は、前記第2仮想線上の前記クロック接触部の投影位置から前記接地接触部の投影位置に向かう方向に順番に投影されるように配置された、基板。 - 請求項5から請求項8までのいずれか1項に記載の基板であって、
前記データ接触部と前記接地接触部との間の距離は、前記データ接触部と前記クロック接触部との間の距離よりも長い、基板。 - 請求項5から請求項9までのいずれか1項に記載の基板であって、
前記データ接触部と前記接地接触部との間の距離は、前記データ接触部と前記リセット接触部との間の距離よりも長い、基板。 - 請求項5から請求項10までのいずれか1項に記載の基板であって、
前記データ接触部と前記接地接触部との間の距離は、前記データ接触部と前記電源接触部との間の距離よりも長い、基板。 - 請求項5から請求項11までのいずれか1項に記載の基板であって、
前記第1領域において、前記接地接触部を除く接触部のうち、前記第2仮想線に投影されたときに前記接地接触部の投影位置と最も離れた位置に投影される接触部と、前記第2領域に設けられている前記接地接触部との前記第2仮想線に沿った方向における間隔をWaとするとき、
前記第1領域において、前記接地接触部を除く接触部のうち、前記第2仮想線に投影されたときに前記接地接触部の投影位置と最も近い位置に投影される接触部と、前記第2領域に設けられている前記接地接触部の間の前記第2仮想線に沿った方向における間隔は、Wa/2以上である、基板。 - 請求項5から請求項12までのいずれか1項に記載の基板であって、
前記第1領域において、前記接地接触部を除く接触部のうち、前記第2仮想線に投影されたときに前記接地接触部の投影位置と最も近い位置に投影される接触部と、前記第2領域に設けられている前記接地接触部との間には、他の接触部が存在しない、基板。 - 請求項5から請求項13までのいずれか1項に記載の基板であって、
前記データ接触部と前記クロック接触部とを結ぶ仮想線分上には、他の接触部が存在しない、基板。 - 請求項5から請求項14までのいずれか1項に記載の基板であって、
前記データ接触部と前記リセット接触部とを結ぶ仮想線分上には、他の接触部が存在しない、基板。 - 請求項5から請求項15までのいずれか1項に記載の基板であって、
前記データ接触部と前記電源接触部とを結ぶ仮想線分上には、他の接触部が存在しない、基板。 - 請求項5から請求項16までのいずれか1項に記載の基板であって、
前記基板が重力方向に沿った方向に装着される場合において、
前記クロック接触部、前記電源接触部、及び前記リセット接触部は、前記データ接触部よりも前記重力方向側に配置され、
前記クロック接触部、前記電源接触部、及び前記リセット接触部のうちの少なくとも1つの接触部は、前記データ接触部の投影位置と、前記接地接触部の投影位置の間に投影されるように配置された、基板。 - 請求項5から請求項17までのいずれか1項に記載の基板であって、
前記クロック接触部、前記データ接触部、前記電源接触部、前記リセット接触部、および前記接地接触部は、複数の列を形成するように配置されている、基板。 - 請求項18に記載の基板であって、
前記複数の列は、2列で構成され、
前記第2仮想線上に投影したときに隣に投影される前記基材上の2つの接触部は異なる列を形成している、基板。 - 請求項19に記載の基板であって、
前記データ接触部と、前記接地接触部は、異なる列に配置されており、
前記データ接触部と前記接地接触部の投影位置の間には、前記クロック接触部、前記電源接触部、前記リセット接触部のうちいずれかの接触部が投影されるように配置された、基板。 - 請求項1から請求項20までのいずれか1項に記載の基板であって、
前記第1端子は、さらに、前記基板が前記印刷装置に装着されているか否かを検出するのに用いられる、基板。 - 請求項1から請求項21までのいずれか1項に記載の基板であって、
前記第5端子は、接地端子であり、
前記第1端子、前記第2端子、前記第3端子、および前記第4端子に供給される電圧は、前記デバイスが受け入れ可能な電圧である、基板。 - 請求項1から請求項22までのいずれか1項に記載の基板であって、
前記第1仮想線は、前記基板が前記印刷装置に装着される装着方向の成分を含む方向に沿っている、基板。 - 請求項1から請求項23までのいずれか1項に記載の基板であって、
前記第4端子に供給される電圧は前記デバイスを駆動するのに用いられる、基板。 - 請求項1から請求項24までのいずれか1項に記載の基板であって、
前記デバイスは、前記第1端子と前記複数の端子のうち前記第1端子以外の端子とが短絡していないこと、および前記基板が前記印刷装置に装着されていること示す信号を出力する、基板。 - 請求項1から請求項25までのいずれか1項に記載の基板であって、
前記デバイスには、前記液体収容容器に収容される液体に関する情報が記憶されている、基板。 - 印刷ヘッドと、前記印刷ヘッドに液体を導入する液体導入部と、前記液体導入部が設けられ液体収容容器を収容する収容部と、前記収容部に設けられた複数の装置側端子と、を備えた印刷装置に装着され、前記複数の装置側端子と接触するように構成される基板であって、
基材と、
前記基材に設けられたデバイスと、
前記基材に設けられた複数の端子と、を備え、
前記複数の端子は、
前記デバイスに接続され、前記複数の装置側端子のうちの対応する第1装置側端子と接触するべき第1接触部を含む第1端子と、
その他の端子群と、を含み、
前記その他の端子群は、
前記デバイスに接続され、前記複数の装置側端子のうちの対応する第2装置側端子と接触するべき第2接触部を含む第2端子と、
前記デバイスに接続され、前記複数の装置側端子のうちの対応する第3装置側端子と接触するべき第3接触部を含む第3端子と、を少なくとも含み、
前記第2端子は、前記第2端子が、前記その他の端子群のうち前記第2端子を除く前記その他の端子群の少なくとも1つと短絡しているか否かを検出するのに用いられ、
平面視で、
直交する2つの直線を第1仮想線および第2仮想線とし、前記基材に設けられた全ての端子の全ての接触部を前記第2仮想線に投影したとき、前記全ての接触部は異なる位置に投影され、前記全ての接触部の投影位置のうち最も離れた2つの投影位置の中間を前記第1仮想線が通り、
前記第1仮想線に対して、一方の領域を第1領域、他方の領域を第2領域としたとき、前記全ての接触部のうち一部の接触部が前記第1領域に配置され、残りの接触部が前記第2領域に配置され、前記一部の接触部には前記第2接触部と前記第3接触部とが含まれ、前記残りの接触部には前記第1接触部が含まれ、
前記一部の接触部と前記残りの接触部とは前記第1仮想線について非対称に配置される、基板。 - 請求項27に記載の基板であって、
前記第1接触部は、接地接触部であり、前記第1端子は、接地端子であり、
前記第2接触部は、データ接触部であり、前記第2端子は、データ端子であり、
前記第3接触部は、クロック接触部であり、前記第3端子は、クロック端子である、基板。 - 請求項28に記載の基板であって、
前記データ接触部と前記接地接触部との間の距離は、前記データ接触部と前記クロック接触部との間の距離よりも長い、基板。 - 請求項28または請求項29に記載の基板であって、
前記データ接触部と前記クロック接触部とを結ぶ仮想線分上には、他の接触部が存在しない、基板。 - 請求項28から請求項30までのいずれか1項に記載の基板であって、
前記その他の端子群には、前記複数の装置側端子のうちの対応する装置側端子と接触するべきリセット接触部を含むリセット端子が含まれ、前記リセット接触部は前記一部の接触部に含まれる、基板。 - 請求項31に記載の基板であって、
前記データ接触部と前記接地接触部との間の距離は、前記データ接触部と前記リセット接触部との間の距離よりも長い、基板。 - 請求項31または請求項32に記載の基板であって、
前記データ接触部と前記リセット接触部とを結ぶ仮想線分上には、他の接触部が存在しない、基板。 - 請求項28から請求項33までのいずれか1項に記載の基板であって、
前記その他の端子群には、前記複数の装置側端子のうちの対応する装置側端子と接触するべき電源接触部を含む電源端子が含まれ、前記電源接触部は前記一部の接触部に含まれる、基板。 - 請求項34に記載の基板であって、
前記データ接触部と前記接地接触部との間の距離は、前記データ接触部と前記電源接触部との間の距離よりも長い、基板。 - 請求項34または請求項35に記載の基板であって、
前記データ接触部と前記電源接触部とを結ぶ仮想線分上には、他の接触部が存在しない、基板。 - 請求項34から請求項36までのいずれか1項に記載の基板であって、
前記電源端子に供給される電圧は前記デバイスを駆動するのに用いられる、基板。 - 請求項28から請求項37のいずれか1項に記載の基板であって、
前記データ接触部の投影位置と前記接地接触部の投影位置の間には、前記その他の端子群において前記データ端子を除く端子の接触部のうち少なくとも1つの接触部が投影されるように配置された、基板。 - 請求項28から請求項38までのいずれか1項に記載の基板であって、
前記第1領域において、前記その他の端子群の接触部のうち、前記第2仮想線に投影されたときに前記接地接触部の投影位置と最も離れた位置に投影される接触部と、前記第2領域に設けられている前記接地接触部との前記第2仮想線に沿った方向における間隔をWaとするとき、
前記第1領域において、前記その他の端子群の接触部のうち、前記第2仮想線に投影されたときに前記接地接触部の投影位置と最も近い位置に投影される接触部と、前記第2領域に設けられている前記接地接触部の間の前記第2仮想線に沿った方向における間隔は、Wa/2以上である、基板。 - 請求項28から請求項39までのいずれか1項に記載の基板であって、
前記第1領域において、前記その他の端子群の接触部のうち、前記第2仮想線に投影されたときに前記接地接触部の投影位置と最も近い位置に投影される接触部と、前記第2領域に設けられている前記接地接触部との間には、他の接触部が存在しない、基板。 - 請求項28から請求項40までのいずれか1項に記載の基板であって、
前記基板が重力方向に沿った方向に装着される場合において、
前記データ接触部を除く前記その他の端子群の接触部は、前記データ接触部よりも前記重力方向側に配置され、
前記データ接触部を除く前記その他の端子群の接触部は、前記データ接触部の投影位置と、前記接地接触部の投影位置の間に投影されるように配置された、基板。 - 請求項27から請求項41までのいずれか1項に記載の基板であって、
前記第2端子は、前記基板が前記印刷装置に装着されているか否かを検出するのに用いられる、基板。 - 請求項27から請求項42までのいずれか1項に記載の基板であって、
前記その他の端子群に供給される電圧は、前記デバイスが受け入れ可能な電圧である、基板。 - 請求項27から請求項43までのいずれか1項に記載の基板であって、
前記第1仮想線は、前記基板が前記印刷装置に装着される装着方向の成分を含む方向に沿っている、基板。 - 請求項27から請求項44までのいずれか1項に記載の基板であって、
前記デバイスは、前記第2端子と前記複数の端子のうち前記第2端子以外の端子とが短絡していないこと、および前記基板が前記印刷装置に装着されていること示す信号を出力する、基板。 - 請求項27から請求項45までのいずれか1項に記載の基板であって、
前記デバイスには、前記液体収容容器に収容される液体に関する情報が記憶されている、基板。 - 印刷ヘッドと、前記印刷ヘッドに液体を導入する液体導入部と、前記液体導入部が設けられ液体収容容器を収容する収容部と、前記収容部に設けられた複数の装置側端子と、を備えた印刷装置に装着され、前記複数の装置側端子と接触するように構成される基板であって、 前記複数の装置側端子は、第1装置側端子と、第2装置側端子と、第3装置側端子と、第4装置側端子と、第5装置側端子と、を含み、
平面視で、
直交する2つの直線を第1仮想線および第2仮想線とし、前記第1装置側端子の接触部、前記第2装置側端子の接触部、前記第3装置側端子の接触部、前記第4装置側端子の接触部、および前記第5装置側端子の接触部を前記第2仮想線に投影したときの投影位置を、それぞれ、第1投影位置、第2投影位置、第3投影位置、第4投影位置、および第5投影位置としたとき、
全ての装置側端子の接触部を前記第2仮想線に投影したとき、前記全ての装置側端子の接触部は異なる位置に投影され、前記全ての装置側端子の接触部の投影位置のうち最も離れた2つの投影位置の中間を前記第1仮想線が通り、
前記第1仮想線に対して、一方の領域を第1領域、他方の領域を第2領域としたとき、前記全ての装置側端子の接触部のうち一部の装置側端子の接触部が前記第1領域に配置され、残りの装置側端子の接触部が前記第2領域に配置され、前記一部の装置側端子の接触部には前記第1装置側端子の接触部と前記第2装置側端子の接触部と前記第3装置側端子の接触部と前記第4装置側端子の接触部とが含まれ、前記残りの装置側端子の接触部には前記第5装置側端子の接触部が含まれ、
前記一部の装置側端子の接触部と前記残りの装置側端子の接触部とは前記第1仮想線について非対称に配置され、
前記基板は、
基材と、
前記基材に設けられたデバイスと、
前記基材に設けられた複数の端子と、を備え、
前記複数の端子は、少なくとも、第1端子と、第2端子と、第3端子と、第4端子と、第5端子と、を含み、
前記第1端子は、前記デバイスに接続され、前記印刷装置に装着されたとき前記印刷装置の複数の装置側端子のうちの対応する前記第1装置側端子と接触するべき第1接触部を含み、
前記第2端子は、前記デバイスに接続され、前記印刷装置に装着されたとき前記複数の装置側端子のうちの対応する前記第2装置側端子と接触するべき第2接触部を含み、
前記第3端子は、前記デバイスに接続され、前記印刷装置に装着されたとき前記複数の装置側端子のうちの対応する前記第3装置側端子と接触するべき第3接触部を含み、
前記第4端子は、前記デバイスに接続され、前記印刷装置に装着されたとき前記複数の装置側端子のうちの対応する前記第4装置側端子と接触するべき第4接触部を含み、
前記第5端子は、前記デバイスに接続され、前記印刷装置に装着されたとき前記複数の装置側端子のうちの対応する前記第5装置側端子と接触するべき第5接触部を含み、
前記第1端子は、前記第1端子が、前記第2端子、前記第3端子、および前記第4端子のうち少なくとも1つと短絡しているか否かを検出するのに用いられる、基板。 - 請求項47に記載の基板であって、
前記第1投影位置と前記第5投影位置の間には、前記第2装置側端子の接触部、前記第3装置側端子の接触部、および前記第4装置側端子の接触部のうち、少なくとも1つの装置側端子の接触部が投影されるように配置された、基板。 - 請求項47または請求項48に記載の基板であって、
前記第1投影位置と前記第5投影位置の間には、前記第2装置側端子の接触部、前記第3装置側端子の接触部、および前記第4装置側端子の接触部のうち、いずれか2つ以上の装置側端子の接触部が投影されるように配置された、基板。 - 請求項47から請求項49までのいずれか1項に記載の基板であって、
前記第1装置側端子の接触部は、前記第2装置側端子の接触部、前記第3装置側端子の接触部、前記第4装置側端子の接触部のうち、いずれか2つの装置側端子の接触部の投影位置の間に投影されるように配置された、基板。 - 請求項47から請求項50までのいずれか1項に記載の基板であって、
前記第1接触部はデータ接触部であり、前記第1端子はデータ端子であり、前記第1装置側端子は、装置側データ端子であり、
前記第2接触部はクロック接触部であり、前記第2端子はクロック端子であり、前記第2装置側端子は、装置側クロック端子であり、
前記第3接触部はリセット接触部であり、前記第3端子はリセット端子であり、前記第3装置側端子は、装置側リセット端子であり、
前記第4接触部は電源接触部であり、前記第4端子は電源端子であり、前記第4装置側端子は、装置側電源端子であり、
前記第5接触部は接地接触部であり、前記第5端子は接地端子であり、前記第5装置側端子は、装置側接地端子である、基板。 - 請求項51に記載の基板であって、
前記第4投影位置と前記第2投影位置の間には、前記装置側データ端子の接触部および前記装置側リセット端子の接触部のいずれか一方または両方が投影されるように配置され、
前記装置側リセット端子の接触部は、その投影位置が前記第4投影位置の隣となるように配置された、基板。 - 請求項51または請求項52に記載の基板であって、
前記装置側電源端子の接触部は、その投影位置が前記第1投影位置の隣となるように配置された、基板。 - 請求項51から請求項53までのいずれか1項に記載の基板であって、
前記装置側クロック端子の接触部は、前記第5投影位置と最も離れた位置に投影されるように配置され、
前記装置側データ端子の接触部、前記装置側電源端子の接触部、および前記装置側リセット端子の接触部は、前記第2仮想線上の前記第2投影位置から前記第5投影位置に向かう方向に順番に投影されるように配置された、基板。 - 請求項51から請求項54までのいずれか1項に記載の基板であって、
前記装置側データ端子の接触部と前記装置側接地端子の接触部との間の距離は、前記装置側データ端子の接触部と前記装置側クロック端子の接触部との間の距離よりも長い、基板。 - 請求項51から請求項53までのいずれか1項に記載の基板であって、
前記装置側データ端子の接触部と前記装置側接地端子の接触部との間の距離は、前記装置側データ端子の接触部と前記装置側リセット端子の接触部との間の距離よりも長い、基板。 - 請求項51から請求項56までのいずれか1項に記載の基板であって、
前記装置側データ端子の接触部と前記装置側接地端子の接触部との間の距離は、前記装置側データ端子の接触部と前記装置側電源端子の接触部との間の距離よりも長い、基板。 - 請求項51から請求項57までのいずれか1項に記載の基板であって、
前記第1領域において、前記装置側接地端子の接触部を除く前記装置側端子の接触部のうち、前記第2仮想線に投影されたときに前記第5投影位置と最も離れた位置に投影される装置側端子の接触部と、前記第2領域に設けられている前記装置側接地端子の接触部の前記第2仮想線に沿った方向における間隔をWaとするとき、
前記第1領域において、前記装置側接地端子の接触部を除く前記装置側端子の接触部のうち、前記第2仮想線に投影されたときに前記第5投影位置と最も近い位置に投影される装置側端子の接触部と、前記第2領域に設けられている前記装置側接地端子の接触部との間の前記第2仮想線に沿った方向における間隔は、Wa/2以上である、基板。 - 請求項51から請求項58までのいずれか1項に記載の基板であって、
前記第1領域において、前記装置側接地端子の接触部を除く前記装置側端子の接触部のうち、前記第2仮想線に投影されたときに前記第5投影位置と最も近い位置に投影される装置側端子の接触部と、前記第2領域に設けられている前記装置側接地端子の接触部との間には、他の装置側端子の接触部が存在しない、基板。 - 請求項51から請求項59までのいずれか1項に記載の基板であって、
前記装置側データ端子の接触部と、前記装置側クロック端子の接触部と、を結ぶ仮想線分上には、他の装置側端子の接触部が存在しない、基板。 - 請求項51から請求項60までのいずれか1項に記載の基板であって、
前記装置側データ端子の接触部と、前記装置側リセット端子の接触部と、を結ぶ仮想線分上には、他の装置側端子の接触部が存在しない、基板。 - 請求項51から請求項61までのいずれか1項に記載の基板であって、
前記装置側データ端子の接触部と、前記装置側電源端子の接触部と、を結ぶ仮想線分上には、他の装置側端子の接触部が存在しない、基板。 - 請求項51から請求項62までのいずれか1項に記載の基板であって、
前記基板が重力方向に沿った方向に装着される場合において、
前記装置側クロック端子の接触部、前記装置側電源端子の接触部、及び前記装置側リセット端子の接触部は、前記装置側データ端子の接触部よりも前記重力方向側に配置され、
前記装置側クロック端子の接触部、前記装置側電源端子の接触部、及び前記装置側リセット端子の接触部のうちの少なくとも1つの装置側端子の接触部は、前記第1投影位置と、前記第5投影位置の間に投影されるように配置された、基板。 - 請求項51から請求項63までのいずれか1項に記載の基板であって、
前記装置側クロック端子の接触部、前記装置側データ端子の接触部、前記装置側電源端子の接触部、前記装置側リセット端子の接触部、および前記装置側接地端子の接触部は、複数の列を形成するように配置されている、基板。 - 請求項64に記載の基板であって、
前記複数の列は、2列で構成され、
前記第2仮想線上に投影したときに隣に投影される2つの装置側端子の接触部は異なる列を形成している、基板。 - 請求項65に記載の基板であって、
前記装置側データ端子の接触部と、前記装置側接地端子の接触部は、異なる列に配置されており、
前記第1投影位置と前記第5投影位置の間には、前記装置側クロック端子の接触部、前記装置側電源端子の接触部、前記装置側リセット端子の接触部のうちいずれかの装置側端子の接触部が投影されるように配置された、基板。 - 請求項47から請求項66までのいずれか1項に記載の基板であって、
前記第1端子は、さらに、前記基板が前記印刷装置に装着されているか否かを検出するのに用いられる、基板。 - 請求項47から請求項67までのいずれか1項に記載の基板であって、
前記第5端子は接地端子であり、前記第5装置側端子は装置側接地端子であり、
前記第1端子、前記第2端子、前記第3端子、および前記第4端子に供給される電圧は、前記デバイスが受け入れ可能な電圧である、基板。 - 請求項47から請求項68のいずれか1項に記載の基板であって、
前記第1仮想線は、前記基板が前記印刷装置に装着される装着方向の成分を含む方向に沿っている、基板。 - 請求項47から請求項69までのいずれか1項に記載の基板であって、
前記第4端子に供給される電圧は前記デバイスを駆動するのに用いられる、基板。 - 請求項47から請求項70までのいずれか1項に記載の基板であって、
前記デバイスは、前記第1端子と前記複数の端子のうち前記第1端子以外の端子とが短絡していないこと、および前記基板が前記印刷装置に装着されていること示す信号を出力する、基板。 - 請求項47から請求項71までのいずれか1項に記載の基板であって、
前記デバイスには、前記液体収容容器に収容される液体に関する情報が記憶されている、基板。 - 印刷ヘッドと、前記印刷ヘッドに液体を導入する液体導入部と、前記液体導入部が設けられた収容部と、前記収容部に設けられた複数の装置側端子と、を備えた印刷装置の前記収容部に装着される液体収容容器であって、
液体を収容可能な液体収容体と、
前記印刷装置の前記液体導入部に装着され、前記液体収容体から前記液体導入部に液体を供給する液体供給口を有する液体供給部と、
デバイスと、
複数の端子と、を備え、
前記複数の端子は、少なくとも、第1端子と、第2端子と、第3端子と、第4端子と、第5端子と、を含み、
前記第1端子は、前記デバイスに接続され、前記複数の装置側端子のうちの対応する第1装置側端子と接触するべき第1接触部を含み、
前記第2端子は、前記デバイスに接続され、前記複数の装置側端子のうちの対応する第2装置側端子と接触するべき第2接触部を含み、
前記第3端子は、前記デバイスに接続され、前記複数の装置側端子のうちの対応する第3装置側端子と接触するべき第3接触部を含み、
前記第4端子は、前記デバイスに接続され、前記複数の装置側端子のうちの対応する第4装置側端子と接触するべき第4接触部を含み、
前記第5端子は、前記デバイスに接続され、前記複数の装置側端子のうちの対応する第5装置側端子と接触するべき第5接触部を含み、
前記第1端子は、前記第1端子が、前記第2端子、前記第3端子、および前記第4端子のうち少なくとも1つと短絡しているか否かを検出するのに用いられ、
平面視で、
直交する2つの直線を第1仮想線および第2仮想線とし、前記液体収容容器に設けられた全ての端子の全ての接触部を前記第2仮想線に投影したとき、前記全ての接触部は異なる位置に投影され、前記全ての接触部の投影位置のうち最も離れた2つの投影位置の中間を前記第1仮想線が通り、
前記第1仮想線に対して、一方の領域を第1領域、他方の領域を第2領域としたとき、前記全ての接触部のうち一部の接触部が前記第1領域に配置され、残りの接触部が前記第2領域に配置され、前記一部の接触部には前記第1接触部と前記第2接触部と前記第3接触部と前記第4接触部とが含まれ、前記残りの接触部には前記第5接触部が含まれ、
前記一部の接触部と前記残りの接触部とは前記第1仮想線について非対称に配置される、液体収容容器。 - 請求項73に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記第1接触部の投影位置と前記第5接触部の投影位置の間には、前記第2接触部、前記第3接触部、および前記第4接触部のうち、少なくとも1つの接触部が投影されるように配置された、液体収容容器。 - 請求項73または請求項74に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記第1接触部の投影位置と前記第5接触部の投影位置の間には、前記第2接触部、前記第3接触部、および前記第4接触部のうち、いずれか2つ以上の接触部が投影されるように配置された、液体収容容器。 - 請求項73から請求項75までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記第1接触部は、前記第2接触部、前記第3接触部、前記第4接触部のうち、いずれか2つの接触部の投影位置の間に投影されるように配置された、液体収容容器。 - 請求項73から請求項76までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記第1接触部はデータ接触部であり、前記第1端子はデータ端子であり、
前記第2接触部はクロック接触部であり、前記第2端子はクロック端子であり、
前記第3接触部はリセット接触部であり、前記第3端子はリセット端子であり、
前記第4接触部は電源接触部であり、前記第4端子は電源端子であり、
前記第5接触部は接地接触部であり、前記第5端子は接地端子である、液体収容容器。 - 請求項77に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記電源接触部の投影位置と前記クロック接触部の投影位置の間には、前記データ接触部および前記リセット接触部のいずれか一方または両方が投影されるように配置され、
前記リセット接触部は、その投影位置が前記電源接触部の投影位置の隣となるように配置された、液体収容容器。 - 請求項77または請求項78に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記電源接触部は、その投影位置が前記データ接触部の投影位置の隣となるように配置された、液体収容容器。 - 請求項77から請求項79までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記クロック接触部は、前記接地接触部の投影位置と最も離れた位置に投影されるように配置され、
前記データ接触部、前記電源接触部、および前記リセット接触部は、前記第2仮想線上の前記クロック接触部の投影位置から前記接地接触部の投影位置に向かう方向に順番に投影されるように配置された、液体収容容器。 - 請求項77から請求項80までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記データ接触部と前記接地接触部との間の距離は、前記データ接触部と前記クロック接触部との間の距離よりも長い、液体収容容器。 - 請求項77から請求項81までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記データ接触部と前記接地接触部との間の距離は、前記データ接触部と前記リセット接触部との間の距離よりも長い、液体収容容器。 - 請求項77から請求項82までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記データ接触部と前記接地接触部との間の距離は、前記データ接触部と前記電源接触部との間の距離よりも長い、液体収容容器。 - 請求項77から請求項83までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記第1領域において、前記接地接触部を除く前記接触部のうち、前記第2仮想線に投影されたときに前記接地接触部の投影位置と最も離れた位置に投影される接触部と、前記第2領域に設けられている前記接地接触部の前記第2仮想線に沿った方向における間隔をWaとするとき、
前記第1領域において、前記接地接触部を除く前記接触部のうち、前記第2仮想線に投影されたときに前記接地接触部の投影位置と最も近い位置に投影される接触部と、前記第2領域に設けられている前記接地接触部との間の前記第2仮想線に沿った方向における間隔は、Wa/2以上である、液体収容容器。 - 請求項77から請求項84までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記第1領域において、前記接地接触部を除く前記接触部のうち、前記第2仮想線に投影されたときに前記接地接触部の投影位置と最も近い位置に投影される接触部と、前記第2領域に設けられている前記接地接触部との間には、他の接触部が存在しない、液体収容容器。 - 請求項77から請求項85までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記データ接触部と前記クロック接触部とを結ぶ仮想線分上には、他の接触部が存在しない、液体収容容器。 - 請求項77から請求項86までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記データ接触部と前記リセット接触部とを結ぶ仮想線分上には、他の接触部が存在しない、液体収容容器。 - 請求項77から請求項87までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記データ接触部と前記電源接触部とを結ぶ仮想線分上には、他の接触部が存在しない、液体収容容器。 - 請求項77から請求項88までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記液体収容容器が重力方向に沿った方向に装着される場合において、
前記クロック接触部、前記電源接触部、及び前記リセット接触部は、前記データ接触部よりも前記重力方向側に配置され、
前記クロック接触部、前記電源接触部、及び前記リセット接触部のうちの少なくとも1つの接触部は、前記データ接触部の投影位置と、前記接地接触部の投影位置の間に投影されるように配置された、液体収容容器。 - 請求項77から請求項89までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記クロック接触部、前記データ接触部、前記電源接触部、前記リセット接触部、および前記接地接触部は、複数の列を形成するように配置されている、液体収容容器。 - 請求項90に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記複数の列は、2列で構成され、
前記第2仮想線上に投影したときに隣に投影される前記液体収容容器上の2つの接触部は異なる列を形成している、液体収容容器。 - 請求項91に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記データ接触部と、前記接地接触部は、異なる列に配置されており、
前記データ接触部と前記接地接触部の投影位置の間には、前記クロック接触部、前記電源接触部、前記リセット接触部のうちいずれかの接触部が投影されるように配置された、液体収容容器。 - 請求項73から請求項92までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記第1端子は、さらに、前記液体収容容器が前記印刷装置に装着されているか否かを検出するのに用いられる、液体収容容器。 - 請求項73から請求項93までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記第5端子は、接地端子であり、
前記第1端子、前記第2端子、前記第3端子、および前記第4端子に供給される電圧は、前記デバイスが受け入れ可能な電圧である、液体収容容器。 - 請求項73から請求項94までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記第1仮想線は、前記液体収容容器が前記印刷装置に装着される装着方向の成分を含む方向に沿っている、液体収容容器。 - 請求項73から請求項95までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器であって、
基板を備え、
前記基板は、前記複数の端子と、前記デバイスと、を備える、液体収容容器。 - 請求項73から請求項96までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記第4端子に供給される電圧は前記デバイスを駆動するのに用いられる、液体収容容器。 - 請求項73から請求項97までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記デバイスは、前記第1端子と前記複数の端子のうち前記第1端子以外の端子とが短絡していないこと、および前記液体収容容器が前記印刷装置に装着されていること示す信号を出力する、液体収容容器。 - 請求項73から請求項98までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記デバイスには、前記液体収容容器に収容される液体に関する情報が記憶されている、液体収容容器。 - 印刷ヘッドと、前記印刷ヘッドに液体を導入する液体導入部と、前記液体導入部が設けられた収容部と、前記収容部に設けられた複数の装置側端子と、を備えた印刷装置の前記収容部に装着される液体収容容器であって、
液体を収容可能な液体収容体と、
前記印刷装置の前記液体導入部に装着され、前記液体収容体から前記液体導入部に液体を供給する液体供給口を有する液体供給部と、
デバイスと、
複数の端子と、を備え、
前記複数の端子は、
前記デバイスに接続され、前記印刷装置の複数の装置側端子のうちの対応する第1装置側端子と接触するべき第1接触部を含む第1端子と、
その他の端子群と、を含み、
前記その他の端子群は、
前記デバイスに接続され、前記複数の装置側端子のうちの対応する第2装置側端子と接触するべき第2接触部を含む第2端子と、
前記デバイスに接続され、前記複数の装置側端子のうちの対応する第3装置側端子と接触するべき第3接触部を含む第3端子と、を少なくとも含み、
前記第2端子は、前記第2端子が、前記その他の端子群のうち前記第2端子を除く前記その他の端子群の少なくとも1つと短絡しているか否かを検出するのに用いられ、
平面視で、
直交する2つの直線を第1仮想線および第2仮想線とし、前記液体収容容器に設けられた全ての端子の全ての接触部を前記第2仮想線に投影したとき、前記全ての接触部は異なる位置に投影され、前記全ての接触部の投影位置のうち最も離れた2つの投影位置の中間を前記第1仮想線が通り、
前記第1仮想線に対して、一方の領域を第1領域、他方の領域を第2領域としたとき、前記全ての接触部のうち一部の接触部が前記第1領域に配置され、残りの接触部が前記第2領域に配置され、前記一部の接触部には前記第2接触部と前記第3接触部とが含まれ、前記残りの接触部には前記第1接触部が含まれ、
前記一部の接触部と前記残りの接触部とは前記第1仮想線について非対称に配置される、液体収容容器。 - 請求項100に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記第1接触部は、接地接触部であり、前記第1端子は、接地端子であり、
前記第2接触部は、データ接触部であり、前記第2端子は、データ端子であり、
前記第3接触部は、クロック接触部であり、前記第3端子は、クロック端子である、液体収容容器。 - 請求項101に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記データ接触部と前記接地接触部との間の距離は、前記データ接触部と前記クロック接触部との間の距離よりも長い、液体収容容器。 - 請求項101または請求項102に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記データ接触部と前記クロック接触部とを結ぶ仮想線分上には、他の接触部が存在しない、液体収容容器。 - 請求項101から請求項103までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記その他の端子群には、前記複数の装置側端子のうちの対応する装置側端子と接触するべきリセット接触部を含むリセット端子が含まれ、前記リセット接触部は前記一部の接触部に含まれる、液体収容容器。 - 請求項104に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記データ接触部と前記接地接触部との間の距離は、前記データ接触部と前記リセット接触部との間の距離よりも長い、液体収容容器。 - 請求項104または請求項105に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記データ接触部と前記リセット接触部とを結ぶ仮想線分上には、他の接触部が存在しない、液体収容容器。 - 請求項101から請求項106までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記その他の端子群には、前記複数の装置側端子のうちの対応する装置側端子と接触するべき電源接触部を含む電源端子が含まれ、前記電源接触部は前記一部の接触部に含まれる、液体収容容器。 - 請求項107に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記データ接触部と前記接地接触部との間の距離は、前記データ接触部と前記電源接触部との間の距離よりも長い、液体収容容器。 - 請求項107または請求項108に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記データ接触部と前記電源接触部とを結ぶ仮想線分上には、他の接触部が存在しない、液体収容容器。 - 請求項107から請求項109までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記電源端子に供給される電圧は前記デバイスを駆動するのに用いられる、液体収容容器。 - 請求項101から請求項110までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記データ接触部の投影位置と前記接地接触部の投影位置の間には、前記その他の端子群において前記データ端子を除く端子の接触部のうち、少なくとも1つの接触部が投影されるように配置された、液体収容容器。 - 請求項101から請求項111までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記第1領域において、前記その他の端子群の接触部のうち、前記第2仮想線に投影されたときに前記接地接触部の投影位置と最も離れた位置に投影される接触部と、前記第2領域に設けられている前記接地接触部の前記第2仮想線に沿った方向における間隔をWaとするとき、
前記第1領域において、前記その他の端子群の接触部のうち、前記第2仮想線に投影されたときに前記接地接触部の投影位置と最も近い位置に投影される接触部と、前記第2領域に設けられている前記接地接触部との間の前記第2仮想線に沿った方向における間隔は、Wa/2以上である、液体収容容器。 - 請求項101から請求項112までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記第1領域において、前記その他の端子群の接触部のうち、前記第2仮想線に投影されたときに前記接地接触部の投影位置と最も近い位置に投影される接触部と、前記第2領域に設けられている前記接地接触部との間には、他の接触部が存在しない、液体収容容器。 - 請求項101から請求項113までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記液体収容容器が重力方向に沿った方向に装着される場合において、
前記データ接触部を除く前記その他の端子群の接触部は、前記データ接触部よりも前記重力方向側に配置され、
前記データ接触部を除く前記その他の端子群の接触部は、前記データ接触部の投影位置と、前記接地接触部の投影位置の間に投影されるように配置された、液体収容容器。 - 請求項100から請求項114までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記第2端子は、前記液体収容容器が前記印刷装置に装着されているか否かを検出するのに用いられる、液体収容容器。 - 請求項100から請求項115までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記その他の端子群に供給される電圧は、前記デバイスが受け入れ可能な電圧である、液体収容容器。 - 請求項100から請求項116までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器であって、
基板を備え、
前記基板は、前記複数の端子と、前記デバイスを備える、液体収容容器。 - 請求項100から請求項117までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記第1仮想線は、前記液体収容容器が前記印刷装置に装着される装着方向の成分を含む方向に沿っている、液体収容容器。 - 請求項100から請求項118までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記デバイスは、前記第2端子と前記複数の端子のうち前記第2端子以外の端子とが短絡していないこと、および前記液体収容容器が前記印刷装置に装着されていること示す信号を出力する、液体収容容器。 - 請求項100から請求項119までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記デバイスには、前記液体収容容器に収容される液体に関する情報が記憶されている、液体収容容器。 - 印刷ヘッドと、前記印刷ヘッドに液体を導入する液体導入部と、前記液体導入部が設けられた収容部と、前記収容部に設けられた複数の装置側端子と、を備えた印刷装置の前記収容部に装着される液体収容容器であって、
前記複数の装置側端子は、第1装置側端子と、第2装置側端子と、第3装置側端子と、第4装置側端子と、第5装置側端子と、を含み、
平面視で、
直交する2つの直線を第1仮想線および第2仮想線とし、前記第1装置側端子の接触部、前記第2装置側端子の接触部、前記第3装置側端子の接触部、前記第4装置側端子の接触部、および前記第5装置側端子の接触部を前記第2仮想線に投影したときの投影位置を、それぞれ、第1投影位置、第2投影位置、第3投影位置、第4投影位置、および第5投影位置としたとき、
全ての装置側端子の接触部を前記第2仮想線に投影したとき、前記全ての装置側端子の接触部は異なる位置に投影され、前記全ての装置側端子の接触部の投影位置のうち最も離れた2つの投影位置の中間を前記第1仮想線が通り、
前記第1仮想線に対して、一方の領域を第1領域、他方の領域を第2領域としたとき、前記全ての装置側端子の接触部のうち一部の装置側端子の接触部が前記第1領域に配置され、残りの装置側端子の接触部が前記第2領域に配置され、前記一部の装置側端子の接触部には前記第1装置側端子の接触部と前記第2装置側端子の接触部と前記第3装置側端子の接触部と前記第4装置側端子の接触部とが含まれ、前記残りの装置側端子の接触部には前記第5装置側端子の接触部が含まれ、
前記一部の装置側端子の接触部と前記残りの装置側端子の接触部とは前記第1仮想線について非対称に配置され、
前記液体収容容器は、
液体を収容可能な液体収容体と、
前記印刷装置の前記液体導入部に装着され、前記液体収容体から前記液体導入部に液体を供給する液体供給口を有する液体供給部と、
デバイスと、
複数の端子と、を備え、
前記複数の端子は、少なくとも、第1端子と、第2端子と、第3端子と、第4端子と、第5端子と、を含み、
前記第1端子は、前記デバイスに接続され、前記印刷装置に装着されたとき前記印刷装置の複数の装置側端子のうちの対応する前記第1装置側端子と接触するべき第1接触部を含み、
前記第2端子は、前記デバイスに接続され、前記印刷装置に装着されたとき前記複数の装置側端子のうちの対応する前記第2装置側端子と接触するべき第2接触部を含み、
前記第3端子は、前記デバイスに接続され、前記印刷装置に装着されたとき前記複数の装置側端子のうちの対応する前記第3装置側端子と接触するべき第3接触部を含み、
前記第4端子は、前記デバイスに接続され、前記印刷装置に装着されたとき前記複数の装置側端子のうちの対応する前記第4装置側端子と接触するべき第4接触部を含み、
前記第5端子は、前記デバイスに接続され、前記印刷装置に装着されたとき前記複数の装置側端子のうちの対応する前記第5装置側端子と接触するべき第5接触部を含み、
前記第1端子は、前記第1端子が、前記第2端子、前記第3端子、および前記第4端子のうち少なくとも1つと短絡しているか否かを検出するのに用いられる、液体収容容器。 - 請求項121に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記第1投影位置と前記第5投影位置の間には、前記第2装置側端子の接触部、前記第3装置側端子の接触部、および前記第4装置側端子の接触部のうち、少なくとも1つの装置側端子の接触部が投影されるように配置された、液体収容容器。 - 請求項121または請求項122に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記第1投影位置と前記第5投影位置の間には、前記第2装置側端子の接触部、前記第3装置側端子の接触部、および前記第4装置側端子の接触部のうち、いずれか2つ以上の装置側端子の接触部が投影されるように配置された、液体収容容器。 - 請求項121から請求項123までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記第1装置側端子の接触部は、前記第2装置側端子の接触部、前記第3装置側端子の接触部、前記第4装置側端子の接触部のうち、いずれか2つの装置側端子の接触部の投影位置の間に投影されるように配置された、液体収容容器。 - 請求項121から請求項124までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記第1接触部はデータ接触部であり、前記第1端子はデータ端子であり、前記第1装置側端子は、装置側データ端子であり、
前記第2接触部はクロック接触部であり、前記第2端子はクロック端子であり、前記第2装置側端子は、装置側クロック端子であり、
前記第3接触部はリセット接触部であり、前記第3端子はリセット端子であり、前記第3装置側端子は、装置側リセット端子であり、
前記第4接触部は電源接触部であり、前記第4端子は電源端子であり、前記第4装置側端子は、装置側電源端子であり、
前記第5接触部は接地接触部であり、前記第5端子は接地端子であり、前記第5装置側端子は、装置側接地端子である、液体収容容器。 - 請求項125に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記第4投影位置と前記第2投影位置の間には、前記装置側データ端子の接触部および前記装置側リセット端子の接触部のいずれか一方または両方が投影されるように配置され、
前記装置側リセット端子の接触部は、その投影位置が前記第4投影位置の隣となるように配置された、液体収容容器。 - 請求項125または請求項126に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記装置側電源端子の接触部は、その投影位置が前記第1投影位置の隣となるように配置された、液体収容容器。 - 請求項125から請求項127までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記装置側クロック端子の接触部は、前記第5投影位置と最も離れた位置に投影されるように配置され、
前記装置側データ端子の接触部、前記装置側電源端子の接触部、および前記装置側リセット端子の接触部は、前記第2仮想線上の前記第2投影位置から前記第5投影位置に向かう方向に順番に投影されるように配置された、液体収容容器。 - 請求項125から請求項128までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記装置側データ端子の接触部と前記装置側接地端子の接触部との間の距離は、前記装置側データ端子の接触部と前記装置側クロック端子の接触部との間の距離よりも長い、液体収容容器。 - 請求項125から請求項128までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記装置側データ端子の接触部と前記装置側接地端子の接触部との間の距離は、前記装置側データ端子の接触部と前記装置側リセット端子の接触部との間の距離よりも長い、液体収容容器。 - 請求項125から請求項130までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記装置側データ端子の接触部と前記装置側接地端子の接触部との間の距離は、前記装置側データ端子の接触部と前記装置側電源端子の接触部との間の距離よりも長い、液体収容容器。 - 請求項125から請求項131までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記第1領域において、前記装置側接地端子の接触部を除く前記装置側端子の接触部のうち、前記第2仮想線に投影されたときに前記第5投影位置と最も離れた位置に投影される装置側端子の接触部と、前記第2領域に設けられている前記装置側接地端子の接触部の前記第2仮想線に沿った方向における間隔をWaとするとき、
前記第1領域において、前記装置側接地端子の接触部を除く前記装置側端子の接触部のうち、前記第2仮想線に投影されたときに前記第5投影位置と最も近い位置に投影される装置側端子の接触部と、前記第2領域に設けられている前記装置側接地端子の接触部との間の前記第2仮想線に沿った方向における間隔は、Wa/2以上である、液体収容容器。 - 請求項125から請求項132までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記第1領域において、前記装置側接地端子の接触部を除く前記装置側端子の接触部のうち、前記第2仮想線に投影されたときに前記第5投影位置と最も近い位置に投影される装置側端子の接触部と、前記第2領域に設けられている前記装置側接地端子の接触部との間には、他の装置側端子の接触部が存在しない、液体収容容器。 - 請求項125から請求項133までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記装置側データ端子の接触部と、前記装置側クロック端子の接触部と、を結ぶ仮想線分上には、他の装置側端子の接触部が存在しない、液体収容容器。 - 請求項125から請求項134までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記装置側データ端子の接触部と、前記装置側リセット端子の接触部と、を結ぶ仮想線分上には、他の装置側端子の接触部が存在しない、液体収容容器。 - 請求項125から請求項135までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記装置側データ端子の接触部と、前記装置側電源端子の接触部と、を結ぶ仮想線分上には、他の装置側端子の接触部が存在しない、液体収容容器。 - 請求項125から請求項136までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記基板が重力方向に沿った方向に装着される場合において、
前記装置側クロック端子の接触部、前記装置側電源端子の接触部、及び前記装置側リセット端子の接触部は、前記装置側データ端子の接触部よりも前記重力方向側に配置され、
前記装置側クロック端子の接触部、前記装置側電源端子の接触部、及び前記装置側リセット端子の接触部のうちの少なくとも1つの装置側端子の接触部は、前記第1投影位置と、前記第5投影位置の間に投影されるように配置された、液体収容容器。 - 請求項125から請求項137までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記装置側クロック端子の接触部、前記装置側データ端子の接触部、前記装置側電源端子の接触部、前記装置側リセット端子の接触部、および前記装置側接地端子の接触部は、複数の列を形成するように配置されている、液体収容容器。 - 請求項138に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記複数の列は、2列で構成され、
前記第2仮想線上に投影したときに隣に投影される2つの装置側端子の接触部は異なる列を形成している、液体収容容器。 - 請求項139に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記装置側データ端子の接触部と、前記装置側接地端子の接触部は、異なる列に配置されており、
前記第1投影位置と前記第5投影位置の間には、前記装置側クロック端子の接触部、前記装置側電源端子の接触部、前記装置側リセット端子の接触部のうちいずれかの装置側端子の接触部が投影されるように配置された、液体収容容器。 - 請求項121から請求項140までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器であって、
基板を備え、
前記基板は、前記複数の端子と、前記デバイスを備える、液体収容容器。 - 請求項121から請求項141までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記第1端子は、前記液体収容容器が前記印刷装置に装着されているか否かを検出するのに用いられる、液体収容容器。 - 請求項121から請求項142までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記第5端子は接地端子であり、前記第5装置側端子は装置側接地端子であり、
前記第1端子、前記第2端子、前記第3端子、および前記第4端子に供給される電圧は、前記デバイスが受け入れ可能な電圧である、液体収容容器。 - 請求項121から請求項143のいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記第1仮想線は、前記液体収容容器が前記印刷装置に装着される装着方向の成分を含む方向に沿っている、液体収容容器。 - 請求項121から請求項144までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記第4端子に供給される電圧は前記デバイスを駆動するのに用いられる、液体収容容器。 - 請求項121から請求項145までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記デバイスは、前記第1端子と前記複数の端子のうち前記第1端子以外の端子とが短絡していないこと、および前記液体収容容器が前記印刷装置に装着されていること示す信号を出力する、液体収容容器。 - 請求項121から請求項146までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器であって、
前記デバイスには、前記液体収容容器に収容される液体に関する情報が記憶されている、液体収容容器。 - 印刷システムであって、
印刷装置と、液体を収容可能な液体収容体と、液体供給口を有する液体供給部と、デバイスと、複数の端子と、前記デバイスと前記複数の端子が設けられた基板と、を備え、
前記印刷装置は、印刷ヘッドと、前記印刷ヘッドに液体を導入する液体導入部と、複数の装置側端子と、を備え、
前記液体供給口は、前記液体収容体から前記印刷装置の前記液体導入部に液体を供給し、
前記基板は、前記印刷装置に装着され、前記複数の装置側端子に接触するように構成されており、
前記複数の端子は、少なくとも、第1端子と、第2端子と、第3端子と、第4端子と、第5端子と、を含み、
前記第1端子は、前記デバイスに接続され、前記複数の装置側端子のうちの対応する第1装置側端子と接触するべき第1接触部を含み、
前記第2端子は、前記デバイスに接続され、前記複数の装置側端子のうちの対応する第2装置側端子と接触するべき第2接触部を含み、
前記第3端子は、前記デバイスに接続され、前記複数の装置側端子のうちの対応する第3装置側端子と接触するべき第3接触部を含み、
前記第4端子は、前記デバイスに接続され、前記複数の装置側端子のうちの対応する第4装置側端子と接触するべき第4接触部を含み、
前記第5端子は、前記デバイスに接続され、前記複数の装置側端子のうちの対応する第5装置側端子と接触するべき第5接触部を含み、
前記第1端子は、前記第1端子が、前記第2端子、前記第3端子、および前記第4端子のうち少なくとも1つと短絡しているか否かを検出するのに用いられ、
平面視で、
直交する2つの直線を第1仮想線および第2仮想線とし、前記基板に設けられた全ての端子の全ての接触部を前記第2仮想線に投影したとき、前記全ての接触部は異なる位置に投影され、前記全ての接触部の投影位置のうち最も離れた2つの投影位置の中間を前記第1仮想線が通り、
前記第1仮想線に対して、一方の領域を第1領域、他方の領域を第2領域としたとき、前記全ての接触部のうち一部の接触部が前記第1領域に配置され、残りの接触部が前記第2領域に配置され、前記一部の接触部には前記第1接触部と前記第2接触部と前記第3接触部と前記第4接触部とが含まれ、前記残りの接触部には前記第5接触部が含まれ、
前記一部の接触部と前記残りの接触部とは前記第1仮想線について非対称に配置される、印刷システム。 - 請求項148に記載の印刷システムであって、
前記第1接触部の投影位置と前記第5接触部の投影位置の間には、前記第2接触部、前記第3接触部、および前記第4接触部のうち、少なくとも1つの接触部が投影されるように配置された、印刷システム。 - 請求項148または請求項149に記載の印刷システムであって、
前記第1接触部の投影位置と前記第5接触部の投影位置の間には、前記第2接触部、前記第3接触部、および前記第4接触部のうち、いずれか2つ以上の接触部が投影されるように配置された、印刷システム。 - 請求項148から請求項150までのいずれか1項に記載の印刷システムであって、
前記第1接触部は、前記第2接触部、前記第3接触部、前記第4接触部のうち、いずれか2つの接触部の投影位置の間に投影されるように配置された、印刷システム。 - 請求項148から請求項151までのいずれか1項に記載の印刷システムであって、
前記第1接触部はデータ接触部であり、前記第1端子はデータ端子であり、
前記第2接触部はクロック接触部であり、前記第2端子はクロック端子であり、
前記第3接触部はリセット接触部であり、前記第3端子はリセット端子であり、
前記第4接触部は電源接触部であり、前記第4端子は電源端子であり、
前記第5接触部は接地接触部であり、前記第5端子は接地端子である、印刷システム。 - 請求項152に記載の印刷システムであって、
前記電源接触部の投影位置と前記クロック接触部の投影位置の間には、前記データ接触部および前記リセット接触部のいずれか一方または両方が投影されるように配置され、
前記リセット接触部は、その投影位置が前記電源接触部の投影位置の隣となるように配置された、印刷システム。 - 請求項152または請求項153に記載の印刷システムであって、
前記電源接触部は、その投影位置が前記データ接触部の投影位置の隣となるように配置された、印刷システム。 - 請求項152から請求項154までのいずれか1項に記載の印刷システムであって、
前記クロック接触部は、前記接地接触部の投影位置と最も離れた位置に投影されるように配置され、
前記データ接触部、前記電源接触部、および前記リセット接触部は、前記第2仮想線上の前記クロック接触部の投影位置から前記接地接触部の投影位置に向かう方向に順番に投影されるように配置された、印刷システム。 - 請求項152から請求項155までのいずれか1項に記載の印刷システムであって、
前記データ接触部と前記接地接触部との間の距離は、前記データ接触部と前記クロック接触部との間の距離よりも長い、印刷システム。 - 請求項152から請求項156までのいずれか1項に記載の印刷システムであって、
前記データ接触部と前記接地接触部との間の距離は、前記データ接触部と前記リセット接触部との間の距離よりも長い、印刷システム。 - 請求項152から請求項157までのいずれか1項に記載の印刷システムであって、
前記データ接触部と前記接地接触部との間の距離は、前記データ接触部と前記電源接触部との間の距離よりも長い、印刷システム。 - 請求項152から請求項158までのいずれか1項に記載の印刷システムであって、
前記第1領域において、前記接地接触部を除く前記接触部のうち、前記第2仮想線に投影されたときに前記接地接触部の投影位置と最も離れた位置に投影される接触部と、前記第2領域に設けられている前記接地接触部の前記第2仮想線に沿った方向における間隔をWaとするとき、
前記第1領域において、前記接地接触部を除く前記接触部のうち、前記第2仮想線に投影されたときに前記接地接触部の投影位置と最も近い位置に投影される接触部と、前記第2領域に設けられている前記接地接触部との間の前記第2仮想線に沿った方向における間隔は、Wa/2以上である、印刷システム。 - 請求項152から請求項159までのいずれか1項に記載の印刷システムであって、
前記第1領域において、前記接地接触部を除く前記接触部のうち、前記第2仮想線に投影されたときに前記接地接触部の投影位置と最も近い位置に投影される接触部と、前記第2領域に設けられている前記接地接触部との間には、他の接触部が存在しない、印刷システム。 - 請求項152から請求項160までのいずれか1項に記載の印刷システムであって、
前記データ接触部と前記クロック接触部とを結ぶ仮想線分上には、他の接触部が存在しない、印刷システム。 - 請求項152から請求項161までのいずれか1項に記載の印刷システムであって、
前記データ接触部と前記リセット接触部とを結ぶ仮想線分上には、他の接触部が存在しない、印刷システム。 - 請求項152から請求項162までのいずれか1項に記載の印刷システムであって、
前記データ接触部と前記電源接触部とを結ぶ仮想線分上には、他の接触部が存在しない、印刷システム。 - 請求項152から請求項163までのいずれか1項に記載の印刷システムであって、
前記基板が重力方向に沿った方向に装着される場合において、
前記クロック接触部、前記電源接触部、及び前記リセット接触部は、前記データ接触部よりも前記重力方向側に配置され、
前記クロック接触部、前記電源接触部、及び前記リセット接触部のうちの少なくとも1つの接触部は、前記データ接触部の投影位置と、前記接地接触部の投影位置の間に投影されるように配置された、印刷システム。 - 請求項152から請求項164までのいずれか1項に記載の印刷システムであって、
前記クロック接触部、前記データ接触部、前記電源接触部、前記リセット接触部、および前記接地接触部は、複数の列を形成するように配置されている、印刷システム。 - 請求項165に記載の印刷システムであって、
前記複数の列は、2列で構成され、
前記第2仮想線上に投影したときに隣に投影される前記基板上の2つの隣の接触部は異なる列を形成している、印刷システム。 - 請求項166に記載の印刷システムであって、
前記データ接触部と、前記接地接触部は、異なる列に配置されており、
前記データ接触部と前記接地接触部の投影位置の間には、前記クロック接触部、前記電源接触部、前記リセット接触部のうちいずれかの接触部が投影されるように配置された、印刷システム。 - 請求項148から請求項167までのいずれか1項に記載の印刷システムであって、
前記第1端子は、前記基板が前記印刷装置に装着されているか否かを検出するのに用いられる、印刷システム。 - 請求項148から請求項168までのいずれか1項に記載の印刷システムであって、
前記第5端子は、接地端子であり、
前記第1端子、前記第2端子、前記第3端子、および前記第4端子に供給される電圧は、前記デバイスが受け入れ可能な電圧である、印刷システム。 - 請求項148から請求項169までのいずれか1項に記載の印刷システムであって、
前記第1仮想線は、前記基板が前記印刷装置に装着される装着方向の成分を含む方向に沿っている、印刷システム。 - 請求項148から請求項170までのいずれか1項に記載の印刷システムであって、
前記第4端子に供給される電圧は前記デバイスを駆動するのに用いられる、印刷システム。 - 請求項148から請求項171までのいずれか1項に記載の印刷システムであって、
前記デバイスは、前記第1端子と前記複数の端子のうち前記第1端子以外の端子とが短絡していないこと、および前記基板が前記印刷装置に装着されていること示す信号を出力する、印刷システム。 - 請求項148から請求項172までのいずれか1項に記載の印刷システムであって、
前記デバイスには、液体に関する情報が記憶されている、印刷システム。 - 印刷システムであって、
印刷装置と、前記印刷装置に装着される液体収容容器と、を備え、
前記印刷装置は、印刷ヘッドと、前記印刷ヘッドに液体を導入する液体導入部と、複数の装置側端子と、を備え、
前記液体収容容器は、
液体を収容可能な液体収容体と、前記液体収容体から前記印刷装置の前記液体導入部に液体を供給する液体供給口を有する液体供給部と、デバイスと、複数の端子と、を備え、
前記複数の端子は、少なくとも、第1端子と、第2端子と、第3端子と、第4端子と、第5端子と、を含み、
前記第1端子は、前記デバイスに接続され、前記複数の装置側端子のうちの対応する第1装置側端子と接触するべき第1接触部を含み、
前記第2端子は、前記デバイスに接続され、前記複数の装置側端子のうちの対応する第2装置側端子と接触するべき第2接触部を含み、
前記第3端子は、前記デバイスに接続され、前記複数の装置側端子のうちの対応する第3装置側端子と接触するべき第3接触部を含み、
前記第4端子は、前記デバイスに接続され、前記複数の装置側端子のうちの対応する第4装置側端子と接触するべき第4接触部を含み、
前記第5端子は、前記デバイスに接続され、前記複数の装置側端子のうちの対応する第5装置側端子と接触するべき第5接触部を含み、
前記第1端子は、前記第1端子が、前記第2端子、前記第3端子、および前記第4端子のうち少なくとも1つと短絡しているか否かを検出するのに用いられ、
平面視で、
直交する2つの直線を第1仮想線および第2仮想線とし、前記液体収容容器に設けられた全ての端子の全ての接触部を前記第2仮想線に投影したとき、前記全ての接触部は異なる位置に投影され、前記全ての接触部の投影位置のうち最も離れた2つの投影位置の中間を前記第1仮想線が通り、
前記第1仮想線に対して、一方の領域を第1領域、他方の領域を第2領域としたとき、前記全ての接触部のうち一部の接触部が前記第1領域に配置され、残りの接触部が前記第2領域に配置され、前記一部の接触部には前記第1接触部と前記第2接触部と前記第3接触部と前記第4接触部とが含まれ、前記残りの接触部には前記第5接触部が含まれ、
前記一部の接触部と前記残りの接触部とは前記第1仮想線について非対称に配置される、印刷システム。 - 請求項174に記載の印刷システムであって、
前記第1接触部の投影位置と前記第5接触部の投影位置の間には、前記第2接触部、前記第3接触部、および前記第4接触部のうち、少なくとも1つの接触部が投影されるように配置された、印刷システム。 - 請求項174または請求項175に記載の印刷システムであって、
前記第1接触部の投影位置と前記第5接触部の投影位置の間には、前記第2接触部、前記第3接触部、および前記第4接触部のうち、いずれか2つ以上の接触部が投影されるように配置された、印刷システム。 - 請求項174から請求項176までのいずれか1項に記載の印刷システムであって、
前記第1接触部は、前記第2接触部、前記第3接触部、前記第4接触部のうち、いずれか2つの接触部の投影位置の間に投影されるように配置された、印刷システム。 - 請求項174から請求項177までのいずれか1項に記載の印刷システムであって、
前記第1接触部はデータ接触部であり、前記第1端子はデータ端子であり、
前記第2接触部はクロック接触部であり、前記第2端子はクロック端子であり、
前記第3接触部はリセット接触部であり、前記第3端子はリセット端子であり、
前記第4接触部は電源接触部であり、前記第4端子は電源端子であり、
前記第5接触部は接地接触部であり、前記第5端子は接地端子である、印刷システム。 - 請求項178に記載の印刷システムであって、
前記電源接触部の投影位置と前記クロック接触部の投影位置の間には、前記データ接触部および前記リセット接触部のいずれか一方または両方が投影されるように配置され、
前記リセット接触部は、その投影位置が前記電源接触部の投影位置の隣となるように配置された、印刷システム。 - 請求項178または請求項179に記載の印刷システムであって、
前記電源接触部は、その投影位置が前記データ接触部の投影位置の隣となるように配置された、印刷システム。 - 請求項178から請求項180までのいずれか1項に記載の印刷システムであって、
前記クロック接触部は、前記接地接触部の投影位置と最も離れた位置に投影されるように配置され、
前記データ接触部、前記電源接触部、および前記リセット接触部は、前記第2仮想線上の前記クロック接触部の投影位置から前記接地接触部の投影位置に向かう方向に順番に投影されるように配置された、印刷システム。 - 請求項178から請求項181までのいずれか1項に記載の印刷システムであって、
前記データ接触部と前記接地接触部との間の距離は、前記データ接触部と前記クロック接触部との間の距離よりも長い、印刷システム。 - 請求項178から請求項182までのいずれか1項に記載の印刷システムであって、
前記データ接触部と前記接地接触部との間の距離は、前記データ接触部と前記リセット接触部との間の距離よりも長い、印刷システム。 - 請求項178から請求項183までのいずれか1項に記載の印刷システムであって、
前記データ接触部と前記接地接触部との間の距離は、前記データ接触部と前記電源接触部との間の距離よりも長い、印刷システム。 - 請求項178から請求項184までのいずれか1項に記載の印刷システムであって、
前記第1領域において、前記接地接触部を除く前記接触部のうち、前記第2仮想線に投影されたときに前記接地接触部の投影位置と最も離れた位置に投影される接触部と、前記第2領域に設けられている前記接地接触部との前記第2仮想線に沿った方向における間隔をWaとするとき、
前記第1領域において、前記接地接触部を除く前記接触部のうち、前記第2仮想線に投影されたときに前記接地接触部の投影位置と最も近い位置に投影される接触部と、前記第2領域に設けられている前記接地接触部の間の前記第2仮想線に沿った方向における間隔は、Wa/2以上である、印刷システム。 - 請求項178から請求項185までのいずれか1項に記載の印刷システムであって、
前記第1領域において、前記接地接触部を除く前記接触部のうち、前記第2仮想線に投影されたときに前記接地接触部の投影位置と最も近い位置に投影される接触部と、前記第2領域に設けられている前記接地接触部との間には、他の接触部が存在しない、印刷システム。 - 請求項178から請求項186までのいずれか1項に記載の印刷システムであって、
前記データ接触部と前記クロック接触部とを結ぶ仮想線分上には、他の接触部が存在しない、印刷システム。 - 請求項178から請求項187までのいずれか1項に記載の印刷システムであって、
前記データ接触部と前記リセット接触部とを結ぶ仮想線分上には、他の接触部が存在しない、印刷システム。 - 請求項178から請求項188までのいずれか1項に記載の印刷システムであって、
前記データ接触部と前記電源接触部とを結ぶ仮想線分上には、他の接触部が存在しない、印刷システム。 - 請求項178から請求項189までのいずれか1項に記載の印刷システムであって、
前記液体収容容器が重力方向に沿った方向に装着される場合において、
前記クロック接触部、前記電源接触部、及び前記リセット接触部は、前記データ接触部よりも前記重力方向側に配置され、
前記クロック接触部、前記電源接触部、及び前記リセット接触部のうちの少なくとも1つの接触部は、前記データ接触部の投影位置と、前記接地接触部の投影位置の間に投影されるように配置された、印刷システム。 - 請求項178から請求項190までのいずれか1項に記載の印刷システムであって、
前記クロック接触部、前記データ接触部、前記電源接触部、前記リセット接触部、および前記接地接触部は、複数の列を形成するように配置されている、印刷システム。 - 請求項191に記載の印刷システムであって、
前記複数の列は、2列で構成され、
前記第2仮想線上に投影したときに隣に投影される前記液体収容容器上の2つの接触部は異なる列を形成している、印刷システム。 - 請求項192に記載の印刷システムであって、
前記データ接触部と、前記接地接触部は、異なる列に配置されており、
前記データ接触部と前記接地接触部の投影位置の間には、前記クロック接触部、前記電源接触部、前記リセット接触部のうちいずれかの接触部が投影されるように配置された、印刷システム。 - 請求項174から請求項193までのいずれか1項に記載の印刷システムであって、
前記第1端子は、前記液体収容容器が前記印刷装置に装着されているか否かを検出するのに用いられる、印刷システム。 - 請求項174から請求項194までのいずれか1項に記載の印刷システムであって、
前記第5端子は、接地端子であり、
前記第1端子、前記第2端子、前記第3端子、および前記第4端子に供給される電圧は、前記デバイスが受け入れ可能な電圧である、印刷システム。 - 請求項174から請求項195までのいずれか1項に記載の印刷システムであって、
前記第1仮想線は、前記液体収容容器が前記印刷装置に装着される装着方向の成分を含む方向に沿っている、印刷システム。 - 請求項174から請求項196までのいずれか1項に記載の印刷システムであって、
基板を備え、
前記基板は、前記複数の端子と、前記デバイスを備える、印刷システム。 - 請求項174から請求項197までのいずれか1項に記載の印刷システムであって、
前記第4端子に供給される電圧は前記デバイスを駆動するのに用いられる、印刷システム。 - 請求項174から請求項198までのいずれか1項に記載の印刷システムであって、
前記デバイスは、前記第1端子と前記複数の端子のうち前記第1端子以外の端子とが短絡していないこと、および前記液体収容容器が前記印刷装置に装着されていること示す信号を出力する、印刷システム。 - 請求項174から請求項199までのいずれか1項に記載の印刷システムであって、
前記デバイスには、前記液体収容容器に収容される液体に関する情報が記憶されている、印刷システム。 - 印刷ヘッドと、前記印刷ヘッドに液体を導入する液体導入部と、前記液体導入部が設けられ液体収容容器を収容する収容部と、前記収容部に設けられた複数の装置側端子と、を備えた印刷装置に装着され、前記複数の装置側端子と接触するように構成される基板の使用であって、
基材と、
前記基材に設けられたデバイスと、
前記基材に設けられた複数の端子と、を備え、
前記複数の端子は、少なくとも、第1端子と、第2端子と、第3端子と、第4端子と、第5端子と、を含み、
前記第1端子は、前記デバイスに接続され、前記複数の装置側端子のうちの対応する第1装置側端子と接触するべき第1接触部を含み、
前記第2端子は、前記デバイスに接続され、前記複数の装置側端子のうちの対応する第2装置側端子と接触するべき第2接触部を含み、
前記第3端子は、前記デバイスに接続され、前記複数の装置側端子のうちの対応する第3装置側端子と接触するべき第3接触部を含み、
前記第4端子は、前記デバイスに接続され、前記複数の装置側端子のうちの対応する第4装置側端子と接触するべき第4接触部を含み、
前記第5端子は、前記デバイスに接続され、前記複数の装置側端子のうちの対応する第5装置側端子と接触するべき第5接触部を含み、
前記第1端子は、前記第1端子が、前記第2端子、前記第3端子、および前記第4端子のうち少なくとも1つと短絡しているか否かを検出するのに用いられ、
平面視で、
直交する2つの直線を第1仮想線および第2仮想線とし、前記基材に設けられた全ての端子の全ての接触部を前記第2仮想線に投影したとき、前記全ての接触部は異なる位置に投影され、前記全ての接触部の投影位置のうち最も離れた2つの投影位置の中間を前記第1仮想線が通り、
前記第1仮想線に対して、一方の領域を第1領域、他方の領域を第2領域としたとき、前記全ての接触部のうち一部の接触部が前記第1領域に配置され、残りの接触部が前記第2領域に配置され、前記一部の接触部には前記第1接触部と前記第2接触部と前記第3接触部と前記第4接触部とが含まれ、前記残りの接触部には前記第5接触部が含まれ、
前記一部の接触部と前記残りの接触部とは前記第1仮想線について非対称に配置される、基板の使用。 - 請求項201に記載の基板の使用であって、
前記第1接触部の投影位置と前記第5接触部の投影位置の間には、前記第2接触部、前記第3接触部、および前記第4接触部のうち、少なくとも1つの接触部が投影されるように配置された、基板の使用。 - 請求項201または請求項202に記載の基板の使用であって、
前記第1接触部の投影位置と前記第5接触部の投影位置の間には、前記第2接触部、前記第3接触部、および前記第4接触部のうち、いずれか2つ以上の接触部が投影されるように配置された、基板の使用。 - 請求項201から請求項203までのいずれか1項に記載の基板の使用であって、
前記第1接触部は、前記第2接触部、前記第3接触部、前記第4接触部のうち、いずれか2つの接触部の投影位置の間に投影されるように配置された、基板の使用。 - 請求項201から請求項204までのいずれか1項に記載の基板の使用であって、
前記第1接触部はデータ接触部であり、前記第1端子はデータ端子であり、
前記第2接触部はクロック接触部であり、前記第2端子はクロック端子であり、
前記第3接触部はリセット接触部であり、前記第3端子はリセット端子であり、
前記第4接触部は電源接触部であり、前記第4端子は電源端子であり、
前記第5接触部は接地接触部であり、前記第5端子は接地端子である、基板の使用。 - 請求項205に記載の基板の使用であって、
前記電源接触部の投影位置と前記クロック接触部の投影位置の間には、前記データ接触部および前記リセット接触部のいずれか一方または両方が投影されるように配置され、
前記リセット接触部は、その投影位置が前記電源接触部の投影位置の隣となるように配置された、基板の使用。 - 請求項205または請求項206に記載の基板の使用であって、
前記電源接触部は、その投影位置が前記データ接触部の投影位置の隣となるように配置された、基板の使用。 - 請求項205から請求項207までのいずれか1項に記載の基板の使用であって、
前記クロック接触部は、前記接地接触部の投影位置と最も離れた位置に投影されるように配置され、
前記データ接触部、前記電源接触部、および前記リセット接触部は、前記第2仮想線上の前記クロック接触部の投影位置から前記接地接触部の投影位置に向かう方向に順番に投影されるように配置された、基板の使用。 - 請求項205から請求項208までのいずれか1項に記載の基板の使用であって、
前記データ接触部と前記接地接触部との間の距離は、前記データ接触部と前記クロック接触部との間の距離よりも長い、基板の使用。 - 請求項205から請求項209までのいずれか1項に記載の基板の使用であって、
前記データ接触部と前記接地接触部との間の距離は、前記データ接触部と前記リセット接触部との間の距離よりも長い、基板の使用。 - 請求項205から請求項210までのいずれか1項に記載の基板の使用であって、
前記データ接触部と前記接地接触部との間の距離は、前記データ接触部と前記電源接触部との間の距離よりも長い、基板の使用。 - 請求項205から請求項211までのいずれか1項に記載の基板の使用であって、
前記第1領域において、前記接地接触部を除く前記接触部のうち、前記第2仮想線に投影されたときに前記接地接触部の投影位置と最も離れた位置に投影される接触部と、前記第2領域に設けられている前記接地接触部の前記第2仮想線に沿った方向における間隔をWaとするとき、
前記第1領域において、前記接地接触部を除く前記接触部のうち、前記第2仮想線に投影されたときに前記接地接触部の投影位置と最も近い位置に投影される接触部と、前記第2領域に設けられている前記接地接触部との間の前記第2仮想線に沿った方向における間隔は、Wa/2以上である、基板の使用。 - 請求項205から請求項212までのいずれか1項に記載の基板の使用であって、
前記第1領域において、前記接地接触部を除く前記接触部のうち、前記第2仮想線に投影されたときに前記接地接触部の投影位置と最も近い位置に投影される接触部と、前記第2領域に設けられている前記接地接触部との間には、他の接触部が存在しない、基板の使用。 - 請求項205から請求項213までのいずれか1項に記載の基板の使用であって、
前記データ接触部と前記クロック接触部とを結ぶ仮想線分上には、他の接触部が存在しない、基板の使用。 - 請求項205から請求項214までのいずれか1項に記載の基板の使用であって、
前記データ接触部と前記リセット接触部とを結ぶ仮想線分上には、他の接触部が存在しない、基板の使用。 - 請求項205から請求項215までのいずれか1項に記載の基板の使用であって、
前記データ接触部と前記電源接触部とを結ぶ仮想線分上には、他の接触部が存在しない、基板の使用。 - 請求項205から請求項216までのいずれか1項に記載の基板の使用であって、
前記基板が重力方向に沿った方向に装着される場合において、
前記クロック接触部、前記電源接触部、及び前記リセット接触部は、前記データ接触部よりも前記重力方向側に配置され、
前記クロック接触部、前記電源接触部、及び前記リセット接触部のうちの少なくとも1つの接触部は、前記データ接触部の投影位置と、前記接地接触部の投影位置の間に投影されるように配置された、基板の使用。 - 請求項205から請求項217までのいずれか1項に記載の基板の使用であって、
前記クロック接触部、前記データ接触部、前記電源接触部、前記リセット接触部、および前記接地接触部は、複数の列を形成するように配置されている、基板の使用。 - 請求項218に記載の基板の使用であって、
前記複数の列は、2列で構成され、
前記第2仮想線上に投影したときに隣に投影される前記基材上の2つの接触部は異なる列を形成している、基板の使用。 - 請求項219に記載の基板の使用であって、
前記データ接触部と、前記接地接触部は、異なる列に配置されており、
前記データ接触部と前記接地接触部の投影位置の間には、前記クロック接触部、前記電源接触部、前記リセット接触部のうちいずれかの接触部が投影されるように配置された基板の使用。 - 請求項201から請求項220までのいずれか1項に記載の基板の使用であって、
前記第1端子は、前記基板が前記印刷装置に装着されているか否かを検出するのに用いられる、基板の使用。 - 請求項201から請求項221までのいずれか1項に記載の基板の使用であって、
前記第1端子、前記第2端子、前記第3端子、および前記第4端子に供給される電圧は、前記デバイスが受け入れ可能な電圧である、基板の使用。 - 請求項201から請求項222までのいずれか1項に記載の基板の使用であって、
前記第1仮想線は、前記基板が前記印刷装置に装着される装着方向の成分を含む方向に沿っている、基板の使用。 - 請求項201から請求項223までのいずれか1項に記載の基板の使用であって、
前記第4端子に供給される電圧は前記デバイスを駆動するのに用いられる、基板の使用。 - 請求項201から請求項224までのいずれか1項に記載の基板の使用であって、
前記デバイスは、前記第1端子と前記複数の端子のうち前記第1端子以外の端子とが短絡していないこと、および前記基板が前記印刷装置に装着されていること示す信号を出力する、基板の使用。 - 請求項201から請求項225までのいずれか1項に記載の基板の使用であって、
前記デバイスには、前記液体収容容器に収容される液体に関する情報が記憶されている、基板の使用。 - 印刷ヘッドと、前記印刷ヘッドに液体を導入する液体導入部と、前記液体導入部が設けられた収容部と、前記収容部に設けられた複数の装置側端子と、を備えた印刷装置の前記収容部に装着される液体収容容器の使用であって、
液体を収容可能な液体収容体と、
前記印刷装置の前記液体導入部に装着され、前記液体収容体から前記液体導入部に液体を供給する液体供給口を有する液体供給部と、
デバイスと、
複数の端子と、を備え、
前記複数の端子は、少なくとも、第1端子と、第2端子と、第3端子と、第4端子と、第5端子と、を含み、
前記第1端子は、前記デバイスに接続され、前記複数の装置側端子のうちの対応する第1装置側端子と接触するべき第1接触部を含み、
前記第2端子は、前記デバイスに接続され、前記複数の装置側端子のうちの対応する第2装置側端子と接触するべき第2接触部を含み、
前記第3端子は、前記デバイスに接続され、前記複数の装置側端子のうちの対応する第3装置側端子と接触するべき第3接触部を含み、
前記第4端子は、前記デバイスに接続され、前記複数の装置側端子のうちの対応する第4装置側端子と接触するべき第4接触部を含み、
前記第5端子は、前記デバイスに接続され、前記複数の装置側端子のうちの対応する第5装置側端子と接触するべき第5接触部を含み、
前記第1端子は、前記第1端子が、前記第2端子、前記第3端子、および前記第4端子のうち少なくとも1つと短絡しているか否かを検出するのに用いられ、
平面視で、
直交する2つの直線を第1仮想線および第2仮想線とし、前記液体収容容器に設けられた全ての端子の全ての接触部を前記第2仮想線に投影したとき、前記全ての接触部は異なる位置に投影され、前記全ての接触部の投影位置のうち最も離れた2つの投影位置の中間を前記第1仮想線が通り、
前記第1仮想線に対して、一方の領域を第1領域、他方の領域を第2領域としたとき、前記全ての接触部のうち一部の接触部が前記第1領域に配置され、残りの接触部が前記第2領域に配置され、前記一部の接触部には前記第1接触部と前記第2接触部と前記第3接触部と前記第4接触部とが含まれ、前記残りの接触部には前記第5接触部が含まれ、
前記一部の接触部と前記残りの接触部とは前記第1仮想線について非対称に配置される、液体収容容器の使用。 - 請求項227に記載の液体収容容器の使用であって、
前記第1接触部の投影位置と前記第5接触部の投影位置の間には、前記第2接触部、前記第3接触部、および前記第4接触部のうち、少なくとも1つの接触部が投影されるように配置された、液体収容容器の使用。 - 請求項227または請求項228に記載の液体収容容器の使用であって、
前記第1接触部の投影位置と前記第5接触部の投影位置の間には、前記第2接触部、前記第3接触部、および前記第4接触部のうち、いずれか2つ以上の接触部が投影されるように配置された、液体収容容器の使用。 - 請求項227から請求項229までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器の使用であって、
前記第1接触部は、前記第2接触部、前記第3接触部、前記第4接触部のうち、いずれか2つの接触部の投影位置の間に投影されるように配置された、液体収容容器の使用。 - 請求項227から請求項230までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器の使用であって、
前記第1接触部はデータ接触部であり、前記第1端子はデータ端子であり、
前記第2接触部はクロック接触部であり、前記第2端子はクロック端子であり、
前記第3接触部はリセット接触部であり、前記第3端子はリセット端子であり、
前記第4接触部は電源接触部であり、前記第4端子は電源端子であり、
前記第5接触部は接地接触部であり、前記第5端子は接地端子である、液体収容容器の使用。 - 請求項231に記載の液体収容容器の使用であって、
前記電源接触部の投影位置と前記クロック接触部の投影位置の間には、前記データ接触部および前記リセット接触部のいずれか一方または両方が投影されるように配置され、
前記リセット接触部は、その投影位置が前記電源接触部の投影位置の隣となるように配置された、液体収容容器の使用。 - 請求項231または請求項232に記載の液体収容容器の使用であって、
前記電源接触部は、その投影位置が前記データ接触部の投影位置の隣となるように配置された、液体収容容器の使用。 - 請求項231から請求項233までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器の使用であって、
前記クロック接触部は、前記接地接触部の投影位置と最も離れた位置に投影されるように配置され、
前記データ接触部、前記電源接触部、および前記リセット接触部は、前記第2仮想線上の前記クロック接触部の投影位置から前記接地接触部の投影位置に向かう方向に順番に投影されるように配置された、液体収容容器の使用。 - 請求項231から請求項234までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器の使用であって、
前記データ接触部と前記接地接触部との間の距離は、前記データ接触部と前記クロック接触部との間の距離よりも長い、液体収容容器の使用。 - 請求項231から請求項235までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器の使用であって、
前記データ接触部と前記接地接触部との間の距離は、前記データ接触部と前記リセット接触部との間の距離よりも長い、液体収容容器の使用。 - 請求項231から請求項236までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器の使用であって、
前記データ接触部と前記接地接触部との間の距離は、前記データ接触部と前記電源接触部との間の距離よりも長い、液体収容容器の使用。 - 請求項231から請求項237までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器の使用であって、
前記第1領域において、前記接地接触部を除く前記接触部のうち、前記第2仮想線に投影されたときに前記接地接触部の投影位置と最も離れた位置に投影される接触部と、前記第2領域に設けられている前記接地接触部の前記第2仮想線に沿った方向における間隔をWaとするとき、
前記第1領域において、前記接地接触部を除く前記接触部のうち、前記第2仮想線に投影されたときに前記接地接触部の投影位置と最も近い位置に投影される接触部と、前記第2領域に設けられている前記接地接触部との間の前記第2仮想線に沿った方向における間隔は、Wa/2以上である、液体収容容器の使用。 - 請求項231から請求項238までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器の使用であって、
前記第1領域において、前記接地接触部を除く前記接触部のうち、前記第2仮想線に投影されたときに前記接地接触部の投影位置と最も近い位置に投影される接触部と、前記第2領域に設けられている前記接地接触部との間には、他の接触部が存在しない、液体収容容器の使用。 - 請求項231から請求項239までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器の使用であって、
前記データ接触部と前記クロック接触部とを結ぶ仮想線分上には、他の接触部が存在しない、液体収容容器の使用。 - 請求項231から請求項240までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器の使用であって、
前記データ接触部と前記リセット接触部とを結ぶ仮想線分上には、他の接触部が存在しない、液体収容容器の使用。 - 請求項231から請求項241までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器の使用であって、
前記データ接触部と前記電源接触部とを結ぶ仮想線分上には、他の接触部が存在しない、液体収容容器の使用。 - 請求項231から請求項242までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器の使用であって、
前記液体収容容器が重力方向に沿った方向に装着される場合において、
前記クロック接触部、前記電源接触部、及び前記リセット接触部は、前記データ接触部よりも前記重力方向側に配置され、
前記クロック接触部、前記電源接触部、及び前記リセット接触部のうちの少なくとも1つの接触部は、前記データ接触部の投影位置と、前記接地接触部の投影位置の間に投影されるように配置された、液体収容容器の使用。 - 請求項231から請求項243までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器の使用であって、
前記クロック接触部、前記データ接触部、前記電源接触部、前記リセット接触部、および前記接地接触部は、複数の列を形成するように配置されている、液体収容容器の使用。 - 請求項244に記載の液体収容容器の使用であって、
前記複数の列は、2列で構成され、
前記第2仮想線上に投影したときに隣に投影される前記液体収容容器上の2つの接触部は異なる列を形成している、液体収容容器の使用。 - 請求項245に記載の液体収容容器の使用であって、
前記データ接触部と、前記接地接触部は、異なる列に配置されており、
前記データ接触部と前記接地接触部の投影位置の間には、前記クロック接触部、前記電源接触部、前記リセット接触部のうちいずれかの接触部が投影されるように配置された、液体収容容器の使用。 - 請求項227から請求項246までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器の使用であって、
前記第1端子は、さらに、前記液体収容容器が前記印刷装置に装着されているか否かを検出するのに用いられる、液体収容容器の使用。 - 請求項227から請求項247までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器の使用であって、
前記第1端子、前記第2端子、前記第3端子、および前記第4端子に供給される電圧は、前記デバイスが受け入れ可能な電圧である、液体収容容器の使用。 - 請求項227から請求項248までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器の使用であって、
前記第1仮想線は、前記液体収容容器が前記印刷装置に装着される装着方向の成分を含む方向に沿っている、液体収容容器の使用。 - 請求項227から請求項249までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器の使用であって、
基板を備え、
前記基板は、前記複数の端子と、前記デバイスを備える、液体収容容器の使用。 - 請求項227から請求項250までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器の使用であって、
前記第4端子に供給される電圧は前記デバイスを駆動するのに用いられる、液体収容容器の使用。 - 請求項227から請求項251までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器の使用であって、
前記デバイスは、前記第1端子と前記複数の端子のうち前記第1端子以外の端子とが短絡していないこと、および前記液体収容容器が前記印刷装置に装着されていること示す信号を出力する、液体収容容器の使用。 - 請求項227から請求項252までのいずれか1項に記載の液体収容容器の使用であって、
前記デバイスには、前記液体収容容器に収容される液体に関する情報が記憶されている、液体収容容器の使用。
Priority Applications (7)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
KR1020247007615A KR20240127944A (ko) | 2021-12-28 | 2022-04-14 | 기판, 액체 수용 용기, 인쇄 시스템, 및, 기판 또는 액체 수용 용기의 사용 |
AU2022426898A AU2022426898A1 (en) | 2021-12-28 | 2022-04-14 | Substrate, liquid accommodation container, printing system, and use of substrate or liquid accommodation container |
IL311214A IL311214A (en) | 2021-12-28 | 2022-04-14 | Substrate, liquid storage tank, printing system and use of a substrate or liquid storage tank |
CN202280060831.0A CN117916094A (zh) | 2021-12-28 | 2022-04-14 | 基板、液体容纳容器、印刷系统、以及基板或液体容纳容器的使用 |
MX2024003118A MX2024003118A (es) | 2021-12-28 | 2022-04-14 | Substrato, contenedor de recepcion de liquido, sistema de impresion y uso del substrato o contenedor de recepcion de liquido. |
CA3232391A CA3232391A1 (en) | 2021-12-28 | 2022-04-14 | Substrate, liquid accommodation container, printing system, and use of substrate or liquid accommodation container |
CONC2024/0003043A CO2024003043A2 (es) | 2021-12-28 | 2024-03-13 | Substrato, contenedor de recepción de líquido, sistema de impresión y uso del substrato o contenedor de recepción de líquido |
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2021-214129 | 2021-12-28 | ||
JP2021214139A JP7176610B2 (ja) | 2021-12-28 | 2021-12-28 | デバイス |
JP2021-214139 | 2021-12-28 | ||
JP2021214129A JP7176609B2 (ja) | 2021-12-28 | 2021-12-28 | 基板 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2023127175A1 true WO2023127175A1 (ja) | 2023-07-06 |
Family
ID=81325126
Family Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/JP2022/017777 WO2023127175A1 (ja) | 2021-12-28 | 2022-04-14 | 基板、液体収容容器、印刷システム、および、基板または液体収容容器の使用 |
PCT/JP2022/017781 WO2023127176A1 (ja) | 2021-12-28 | 2022-04-14 | デバイス、基板、液体収容容器、印刷システム、および、基板または液体収容容器の使用 |
Family Applications After (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/JP2022/017781 WO2023127176A1 (ja) | 2021-12-28 | 2022-04-14 | デバイス、基板、液体収容容器、印刷システム、および、基板または液体収容容器の使用 |
Country Status (16)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (6) | US11535038B1 (ja) |
EP (3) | EP4406747A3 (ja) |
KR (2) | KR20240127944A (ja) |
AR (2) | AR125693A1 (ja) |
AU (2) | AU2022426898A1 (ja) |
CA (2) | CA3231479A1 (ja) |
CO (2) | CO2024003045A2 (ja) |
DE (6) | DE102022109317A1 (ja) |
DK (1) | DK4205986T3 (ja) |
FI (1) | FI4205986T3 (ja) |
GB (2) | GB2619266A (ja) |
IL (2) | IL311216A (ja) |
LT (1) | LT4205986T (ja) |
MX (2) | MX2024003118A (ja) |
TW (2) | TW202325558A (ja) |
WO (2) | WO2023127175A1 (ja) |
Families Citing this family (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US11535038B1 (en) * | 2021-12-28 | 2022-12-27 | Seiko Epson Corporation | Board, liquid accommodation container, and printing system |
Citations (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2007196664A (ja) * | 2005-12-26 | 2007-08-09 | Seiko Epson Corp | 印刷材収納体および印刷材収容体に装着される基板 |
CN202428829U (zh) * | 2012-01-10 | 2012-09-12 | 珠海并洲贸易有限公司 | 一种墨盒及成像装置 |
JP2014226940A (ja) * | 2013-05-22 | 2014-12-08 | エイペックス マイクロエレクトロニクス カンパニー リミテッド | インクカートリッジチップ短絡検出方法、チップ、インクカートリッジ及び記録設備 |
JP2018537326A (ja) * | 2015-12-14 | 2018-12-20 | 珠海納思達企業管理有限公司 | インクジェットプリンター用チップおよびインクジェットプリンター |
CN111923598A (zh) * | 2020-07-22 | 2020-11-13 | 珠海天威技术开发有限公司 | 墨盒芯片、墨盒及喷墨打印机 |
Family Cites Families (28)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO1996005061A1 (en) | 1994-08-09 | 1996-02-22 | Encad, Inc. | Printer ink cartridge |
US6164743A (en) | 1996-04-17 | 2000-12-26 | Hewlett-Packard Company | Ink container with an inductive ink level sense |
US6039428A (en) | 1998-05-13 | 2000-03-21 | Hewlett-Packard Company | Method for improving ink jet printer reliability in the presence of ink shorts |
ES2198912T3 (es) | 1998-05-18 | 2004-02-01 | Seiko Epson Corporation | Impresora de chorro de tinta y cartucho de tinta. |
JP2000269988A (ja) | 1999-03-16 | 2000-09-29 | Nec Saitama Ltd | 同報通信データ転送システム |
JP3649123B2 (ja) * | 2000-12-26 | 2005-05-18 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | 回路基板の端子 |
JP4144523B2 (ja) | 2003-12-26 | 2008-09-03 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | 不意の書き込みを抑制する記憶装置を備える消耗品容器 |
AU2005278303B2 (en) * | 2004-09-01 | 2008-10-09 | Seiko Epson Corporation | Printing material housing device |
JP5151372B2 (ja) | 2007-10-01 | 2013-02-27 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | 液体噴射装置、および、液体噴射装置の制御方法 |
JP5387107B2 (ja) * | 2008-04-17 | 2014-01-15 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | 液体噴射装置 |
JP5262470B2 (ja) | 2008-09-05 | 2013-08-14 | 株式会社リコー | プロセスカートリッジの接続異常検出,修復の方法,装置および画像形成装置 |
JP2010111116A (ja) | 2008-10-09 | 2010-05-20 | Seiko Epson Corp | 回路基板および液体供給ユニット |
JP2010221484A (ja) | 2009-03-23 | 2010-10-07 | Seiko Epson Corp | 液体噴射装置、液体収容容器、及び、端子間の接続状態を検査する方法 |
JP5716798B2 (ja) | 2009-04-01 | 2015-05-13 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | 記憶装置、液体容器、及び、システム |
JP5482275B2 (ja) | 2009-04-01 | 2014-05-07 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | 記憶装置、基板、液体容器、データ記憶部に書き込むべきデータをホスト回路から受け付ける方法、ホスト回路に対し電気的に接続可能な記憶装置を含むシステム |
JP2011189730A (ja) | 2010-02-22 | 2011-09-29 | Seiko Epson Corp | 記憶装置、基板、液体容器、ホスト装置及びシステム |
JP2011170740A (ja) | 2010-02-22 | 2011-09-01 | Seiko Epson Corp | 記憶装置、基板、液体容器、ホスト装置及びシステム |
US8764172B2 (en) | 2010-09-03 | 2014-07-01 | Seiko Epson Corporation | Printing apparatus, printing material cartridge, adaptor for printing material container, and circuit board |
JP5609490B2 (ja) | 2010-09-27 | 2014-10-22 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | 記憶装置、ホスト装置、回路基板、液体容器及びシステム |
JP5817445B2 (ja) * | 2010-11-19 | 2015-11-18 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | 回路基板 |
JP5790119B2 (ja) * | 2011-04-22 | 2015-10-07 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | 記憶装置、ホスト装置、回路基板、液体容器及びシステム |
JP5810643B2 (ja) * | 2011-06-06 | 2015-11-11 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | 印刷装置 |
JP5861313B2 (ja) | 2011-08-24 | 2016-02-16 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | 印刷装置 |
JP5866867B2 (ja) * | 2011-08-24 | 2016-02-24 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | 印刷装置およびその制御方法 |
JP6299260B2 (ja) | 2014-02-14 | 2018-03-28 | 富士通株式会社 | 情報処理装置および情報処理装置の制御方法 |
JP6359955B2 (ja) | 2014-11-13 | 2018-07-18 | ルネサスエレクトロニクス株式会社 | シリアル通信システム、通信制御装置および電子装置 |
JP2018030309A (ja) * | 2016-08-25 | 2018-03-01 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | 装着品検出手段および印刷装置 |
US11535038B1 (en) * | 2021-12-28 | 2022-12-27 | Seiko Epson Corporation | Board, liquid accommodation container, and printing system |
-
2022
- 2022-04-11 US US17/717,857 patent/US11535038B1/en active Active
- 2022-04-11 US US17/717,753 patent/US11535037B1/en active Active
- 2022-04-12 TW TW111113880A patent/TW202325558A/zh unknown
- 2022-04-12 TW TW111113878A patent/TW202326348A/zh unknown
- 2022-04-13 AR ARP220100949A patent/AR125693A1/es unknown
- 2022-04-13 AR ARP220100948A patent/AR126330A1/es unknown
- 2022-04-14 DE DE102022109317.4A patent/DE102022109317A1/de active Pending
- 2022-04-14 WO PCT/JP2022/017777 patent/WO2023127175A1/ja active Application Filing
- 2022-04-14 MX MX2024003118A patent/MX2024003118A/es unknown
- 2022-04-14 FI FIEP22168410.3T patent/FI4205986T3/fi active
- 2022-04-14 CA CA3231479A patent/CA3231479A1/en active Pending
- 2022-04-14 DE DE202022002803.2U patent/DE202022002803U1/de active Active
- 2022-04-14 AU AU2022426898A patent/AU2022426898A1/en active Pending
- 2022-04-14 EP EP24182674.2A patent/EP4406747A3/en active Pending
- 2022-04-14 AU AU2022425746A patent/AU2022425746A1/en active Pending
- 2022-04-14 DK DK22168410.3T patent/DK4205986T3/da active
- 2022-04-14 DE DE202022003017.7U patent/DE202022003017U1/de active Active
- 2022-04-14 CA CA3232391A patent/CA3232391A1/en active Pending
- 2022-04-14 EP EP22168410.3A patent/EP4205986B1/en active Active
- 2022-04-14 GB GB2205551.1A patent/GB2619266A/en active Pending
- 2022-04-14 EP EP22168405.3A patent/EP4205985A1/en active Pending
- 2022-04-14 DE DE102022109313.1A patent/DE102022109313A1/de active Pending
- 2022-04-14 WO PCT/JP2022/017781 patent/WO2023127176A1/ja active Application Filing
- 2022-04-14 MX MX2024003117A patent/MX2024003117A/es unknown
- 2022-04-14 KR KR1020247007615A patent/KR20240127944A/ko unknown
- 2022-04-14 GB GB2205552.9A patent/GB2614346A/en active Pending
- 2022-04-14 DE DE202022002966.7U patent/DE202022002966U1/de active Active
- 2022-04-14 IL IL311216A patent/IL311216A/en unknown
- 2022-04-14 KR KR1020247007620A patent/KR20240127945A/ko unknown
- 2022-04-14 IL IL311214A patent/IL311214A/en unknown
- 2022-04-14 DE DE202022002802.4U patent/DE202022002802U1/de active Active
- 2022-04-14 LT LTEP22168410.3T patent/LT4205986T/lt unknown
- 2022-11-03 US US17/980,222 patent/US11820150B2/en active Active
- 2022-11-16 US US17/988,307 patent/US11872822B2/en active Active
-
2023
- 2023-08-23 US US18/237,161 patent/US20240010005A1/en active Pending
- 2023-12-04 US US18/527,895 patent/US20240100848A1/en active Pending
-
2024
- 2024-03-13 CO CONC2024/0003045A patent/CO2024003045A2/es unknown
- 2024-03-13 CO CONC2024/0003043A patent/CO2024003043A2/es unknown
Patent Citations (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2007196664A (ja) * | 2005-12-26 | 2007-08-09 | Seiko Epson Corp | 印刷材収納体および印刷材収容体に装着される基板 |
CN202428829U (zh) * | 2012-01-10 | 2012-09-12 | 珠海并洲贸易有限公司 | 一种墨盒及成像装置 |
JP2014226940A (ja) * | 2013-05-22 | 2014-12-08 | エイペックス マイクロエレクトロニクス カンパニー リミテッド | インクカートリッジチップ短絡検出方法、チップ、インクカートリッジ及び記録設備 |
JP2018537326A (ja) * | 2015-12-14 | 2018-12-20 | 珠海納思達企業管理有限公司 | インクジェットプリンター用チップおよびインクジェットプリンター |
CN111923598A (zh) * | 2020-07-22 | 2020-11-13 | 珠海天威技术开发有限公司 | 墨盒芯片、墨盒及喷墨打印机 |
Also Published As
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
JP5387107B2 (ja) | 液体噴射装置 | |
WO2023127175A1 (ja) | 基板、液体収容容器、印刷システム、および、基板または液体収容容器の使用 | |
JP5541029B2 (ja) | 印刷装置、印刷材カートリッジ、回路基板およびアダプター | |
JP7176609B2 (ja) | 基板 | |
JP7176610B2 (ja) | デバイス | |
JP5866867B2 (ja) | 印刷装置およびその制御方法 | |
JP2013043363A (ja) | 印刷装置およびその制御方法 | |
JP2010221484A (ja) | 液体噴射装置、液体収容容器、及び、端子間の接続状態を検査する方法 | |
JP2022118699A5 (ja) | デバイス | |
JP2011230464A (ja) | 液体噴射装置 | |
JP2022118698A5 (ja) | 基板 | |
US12053988B2 (en) | Memory and cartridge | |
JP2023114621A (ja) | 印刷システム、および、印刷装置 | |
JP2023098580A5 (ja) | デバイス、および、印刷システム | |
JP2023025435A (ja) | メモリー、カートリッジ、および、印刷システム | |
JP2021187023A (ja) | 印刷装置、および、カートリッジ | |
JP2010228200A (ja) | 液体噴射装置、液体収容容器、及び、液体噴射装置本体から送信されたデータを複数の液体収容容器に記憶させる方法 |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 22915411 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 311214 Country of ref document: IL |
|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 3232391 Country of ref document: CA Ref document number: 808805 Country of ref document: NZ |
|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 2022426898 Country of ref document: AU Ref document number: AU2022426898 Country of ref document: AU |
|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 202280060831.0 Country of ref document: CN |
|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 12024550616 Country of ref document: PH |
|
REG | Reference to national code |
Ref country code: BR Ref legal event code: B01A Ref document number: 112024004686 Country of ref document: BR |
|
ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 2022426898 Country of ref document: AU Date of ref document: 20220414 Kind code of ref document: A |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 11202401538R Country of ref document: SG |
|
ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 112024004686 Country of ref document: BR Kind code of ref document: A2 Effective date: 20240308 |